Department of Technical Education Diploma Courses in Mech

Basic Elec Engg Lab.xls

Page 1 of 14

Contact Hrs / Week: 6 Contact Hrs / Semester: 96

1. Study experiments:1.1 Study of safety precautions and First aid 3hrs

1.2 Study of different supply systems like AC,DC 3hrs

1.3 Study of volt meter, ammter, Watt meter,energy meter,multimeters 6hrs

1.4 Study of differrent types of wires and cables 3hrs

1.5 Study of safety divices like fuses, MCB and ELCB 3hrs

1.6 Study of different types of earthings 3hrs

1.7 Study of AC machines, DC machines and Transformers 3hrs

1.8 Study of different types of wiring systems 3hrs

1.9 Study of different electronic components, CRO and soldering iron 6hrs

1.10 Study of Transducers and Sensors 3hrs

1.11 Battery charging and checking the specific gravity using 3hrsHydrometer

Total 39hrs

2. EXPERIMENTS FOR CONDUCTION:

2.1 Conduct an experiment to verify Ohm's law 3hrs

2.2 Conduct an experiment to measure the power and power factor in a 1-phase AC Circuit 3hrs

2.3 conduct an experiment to measure the energy consumed in a single phase AC systems using1-phase Energy Meter 3hrs

2.4 Conduct an experiment to determine Voltage and Current ratio of a given single phase transformer 3hrs

2.5 Control of Single lamp from one place 3hrs

2.6 Control of Single lamp and Three pin socket independentely. 3hrs

2.7 Control of Single lamp from two places independently(Staircase wiring system) 3hrs

Sub : Basic of Electrical and Electronics Engineering Lab.

Department of Technical EducationDiploma Courses in Mech. Engg.(Auto), Mech. Engg., Mech. Engg.(MTT),

Chem, Printing, Metallurgy, MechatronicsSecond Semester


Page 2 of 14

2.8 Wiring up of a flourescent lamp 3hrs

2.9 Wiring of meterboard using energymeter,MCB,kitkat fuse unit and with a neutral link. 3hrs

2.10 Start and reverse the direction of rotation of a Single phase Induction Motor 3hrs

2.11 Using a suitable starter, start and reverse the direction of rotation of a three phase Induction Motor 3hrs

2.12 Conduct an experiment to draw the V-I characteristics of junction diode 3hrs

2.13 Conduct an experiment to draw the V-I characteristics of Zener Diode 3hrs

2.14 Conduct an experiment to trace the 3hrsoutput waveforms of halfwave rectifier

2.15 Conduct an experiment to trace the 3hrsoutput waveforms of fullwave bridge rectifier

2.16 Conduct a suitable experiment to verify NOT, AND, OR, 3hrsNOR and NAND gates truth table

3. TESTS & ASSIGNMENTS 3hrs

Grand Total: 96HRS

REFERENCE BOOKS:1) A Text book on Laboratory courses in Electrical Engg.

by S.G. Tarnekar and P.K.Karbanda 2) Electrical lab manual prepared by SJ(Govt) Polytechnic, Bangalore

Marks1. Record 52. Study experiment 203. Ckt. Diagram and Procedure 154. Conduction 255. Results 156. Viva-Voice 20

100

Basic Elec Engg(common)

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

1.0 Concept of Electrical energy 02 hrs

Total

Scheme of valuation


Page 3 of 14

1.1 Know the use of electrical energy1.2 Understand the benefits of Electrical Energy1.3 List the Sources of Electrical energy1.4 Know the effects of electrical current and their applications.

2.0 Electric current,Voltage and circuits 09hrs2.1 Understand the concept of Electric current, emf, potential difference2.2 Know the units of current, emf, potential difference2.3 Know the types in instruments used to measure current, emf, potenctial difference2.4 Definition of conductors, insulators and semiconductors2.5 Interpret resistance and know its unit2.6 Recognize the instruments used to measure resistance2.7 State and explain Ohm's law2.8 Analyze series and parallel circuits

3.0 Work, power and energy 04 hrs3.1 Understand the concept of Electrical power, energy, work and their units3.2 Know the measurement of power and energy3.3 Perform the conversion of mechanical units into electrical units and viceversa

4.0 Magnetic fields and circuits 03 hrs4.1 Define magnetic field, magnetic flux, mmf, reluctance and flux

density.4.2 Know the units of magnetic field, magnetic flux, mmf, reluctance and flux density

5.0 Electromagnetic induction 04 hrs5.1 Understand Faraday's laws of electromagnetic induction5.2 Explain Statically induced emf5.3 Explain Dynamically induced emf5.4 Explain Self induced emf5.5 Explain mutually induced emf

6.0 Alternating current and circuits 06 hrs6.1 Understand the concept of alternating current6.2

6.3 Explain inductance, capacitance, reactance, impedance and their units6.4 Define power and power factor6.5 list the differences between single phase and three phase supply

7.0 Electrical Machines 09hrs Transformers

7.1 Know the function of a transformer7.2 List the types of transformers7.3 Write the applications of different types of transformers7.4 List the characteristics of a welding transformer.

DC Generators7.4 Know the Function of DC generators.7.5 List the types of DC generators7.6 List the applications of different types of dc generators

DC Motors 7.6 Know the function of a DC Motor.7.7 List the types of DC motors7.8 List the applications of different types of dc motors

AC Generators7.9 Know the function of a AC Generator.

7.10 List the applications of ac generators

AC Motors7.11 Know the Function of a AC Motor.7.12 List the types of AC motors

Define the terms amplitude, time period, instantaneous value, cycle, frequency, rms value, average value, form factor and their units.


Page 4 of 14

7.13 List the applications of single and three phase motors 05 hrs7.14 List the differences between single and three phase motors7.15 List the differences between single and three phase motors7.16 List the different types of Mechanical Enclosures of Motors7.17 Identify the working place of where the different enclosures are used.7.18 List the importance of different types of Mechanical Enclosures of Motors7.19 List the types of FHP motors 7.20 List the applications of FHP motors7.21 Understand the necessity for starters7.22 List the types of starters used in starting Induction Motors7.23 Understand the meaning of overload Starters7.24 Understand the meaning single phase protection in Starters7.25 List the general name plate details of A C motors.

8 Electric cables 02hr8.1 Understand the underground cable8.2 List the types of underground cable8.3 List the advantages and limitations of underground cables over overhead cables.8.4 List the applications of underground cables

9.0 Protective devices 02hrs9.1 Understand the necessity of protective devices9.2 List the different protective devices9.3 Explain fuse- HRC, rewireabel fuse9.4 Explain the need of MCB ,ELCB9.5 Understand the importance of flame proof enclsoure used in protective devices.9.6 State the necessessity of electrical earthing9.7 Mention the general electrical safety precaution

10.0 Battery and maintenance 03hrs10.1 Explain battery10.2 Name type of batteries as lead acid, nickel iron and nickel cadmium10.3 State variations in specific gravity during charging and discharging10.4 State applications of batteries.10.5 Explain charging of batteries by a) Constant current method

b)Constant voltage method10.6 Explain trickle charging10.7 Explain the indications of a fully charged battery 10.8 Explain sealed maintenance free(SMF) batteries.10.9 State advantages of maintenence free batteries over conventional batteries.

11.0 Lighting 02hrs11.1 List the elctric sources of light11.2 Function and applications of

a)incandescent lamp.b)fluorescent lampc)sodium vapour lampd)mercury vapour lamp

11.3 List the salient features of good industrial lighting .

12.0 Electronic components and their applications 10 hrs12.1 Understand semiconductor material12.2 Differentiate between intrinsic and extrensic semiconductors.12.3 Understand Semiconductor diodes12.4 Briefly explain V- I characteristics of a semiconductor diode.12.5 List the applications of semiconductor diode12.6 Explain with circuit the working of Half wave rectifier12.7 Explain with circuit the working of centertapped full wave rectifier12.8 Explain with circuit the working of bridge full wave rectifier12.9 Know Zener diodes

12.10 Explain V- I characteristics of a zenor diode.12.11 Briefly explain the use of Zener diode as a voltage regulator.


Page 5 of 14

12.12 List the applications of zenor diode12.13 Understand Light Emitting Diodes12.14 Understand with circuit working of a transistor12.15 List the applications of transistor12.16 Sketch and explain Silicon Controlled Rectifier12.17 List the applications of Silicon Controlled Rectifier12.18 State the necessity for timers12.19 List the different types of times (electronic, mechanical, thermal etc)12.20 State the working principle of a relay12.21 Name the different types of contacts in relays(NC and NO)12.22 List the applications of relays

13.0 Integrated Circuits 04hrs13.1 Explain logic high and low ( 1 and 0 )13.2 Explain NOT , AND ,OR logic functions13.3 Understand Logic gates-AND, OR,NOT,NAND,NOR13.4 Draw the logic symbols and truth table of AND,OR,NOT,NAND,NOR13.5 Explain the meaning of IC13.6 List the advantages of IC

Text Books: 1. Basic Electrical and Electronics Engg. by K S Shashidhar, Sapna Publications

References: 1) Electrical Technology- by B.L.Theraja

2) Basics Electrical and Electronics Engg. by K.V.N Gowda3) Principles of Electrical Engineering by Deltoro4) Principles of Electrical& Electronics Engineering by V.K.Mehta5) Electric power by Uppal

6) Swithch gear and protection by Sunil . S.Rao7) Digital Principles and applicatio by Malvino and Leech8) Digital Principles and applicatio by Flyod9) Electronics Devices and application -Motorshed

10) Electronics devices by Floyd

Curriculum Content

1.0 Concept of Electrical energy 02 hrs

1.0 Application of electrical energy1.1 Advantages of Electrical energy1.2 Sorces of electrical energy1.3 Effects of electric current and practical applications of these effects

2.0 Electric current,Voltage and circuits 09hrs2.1 Electric current and its unit.2.2 Instrument used for measurement of current, 2.3 emf, potential difference and its unit2.4 Instrument used for measurement of voltage2.6 Concept of conductors, insulators and semiconductors2.7 Resistance, its unit2.8 Instrument used for measurement of resistance,2.9 Ohm's law, its applications

2.10 Simple problems of Ohm's law2.11 Series and Parallel Circuits.2.12 Simple problems of series parallel circuits.

3.0 Work, power and energy 04 hrs3.1 Electrical power, energy, work and their units3.2 Measurement of power and energy


Page 6 of 14

3.3 Conversion of mechanical units into electrical units and viceversa3.4 Simple problems on work ,power ,and energy

4.0 Magnetic fields and circuits 03 hrs4.1 Definition of terms magnetic field, magnetic flux, mmf reluctance and flux

density.4.2 Units of magnetic field, magnetic flux, mmf reluctance and flux density

5.0 Electromagnetic induction 04 hrs5.1 Faraday's laws of electromagnetic induction5.2 Statically induced emf5.3 Dynamically induced emf5.4 self induced emf5.5 mutually induced emf

6.0 Alternating current and circuits 06 hrs6.1 Concept of alternating current6.2 Definition of terms- amplitude, instantaneous value, time period,

cycle, frequency, rms value, average value, form factor and their units.6.3 Inductance, capacitance, reactance, impedance and their units6.4 Power and power factor6.5 Difference between single phase and three phase circuits6.6 Simple problems on power and power factor

7.0 Electrical Machines 9hrs Transformers

7.1 Function of a transformer7.2 Types of transformer.7.3 Applications of different types of transformers7.4 Electrical characteristics of welding transformer

DC Generators7.5 Function of a DC Generator.7.6 Types of DC Generators.7.7 Applications of different types of dc generators

DC Motors 7.8 Function of a DC Motor.7.9 Types of DC Motors

7.10 Applications of different types of dc motors AC Generators

7.11 Function of a AC Generator.7.12 Applications of AC generators

AC Motors7.13 Function of a AC Motor7.14 Types of AC motors7.15 Difference between single and three phase motors7.16 Applications of single and three phase motors7.17 Types of mechanical enclosures and their importance,and application.7.18 types of FHP motors and their application.7.19 Necessity of starters

7.2 Types of starters7.21 Name plate details of motors.

8 Electric cables 02hrs8.1 Introduction to under ground Electric cables8.2 Types with advantages & Limitations of cables.8.3 Applications of Cables.

9.0 Protective devices 2hrs9.1 Necessity of Protective devices9.2 fuses - Rewirable & HRC, Breakers - MCB & ELCB.9.3 flame proof enclosures used in swithgear.


Page 7 of 14

9.4 Necessity of electrical earthing .9.5 General electrical safety precautions.

10.0 Battery and maintenance 3hrs10.1 Function of Batteries10.2 types of batteries10.3 conditions of fully charged battery10.4 types of charging of batteries10.5 maintenance free battery

10.610.7 Applications of Batteries.

11.0 Lighting 2hrs11.1 List electrical sources of light 11.2 Function and applications of

a) Incandescent lampb)fluorescentc)mercury vapour lampd)sodium vapour lamp

11.3 Salient features of Industrial lighting.

12.0 Electronic components and their applications 10hrs12.1 Semiconductor materials, P type and N type12.2 Intrinsic and extrinsic Semiconductor.12.3 Semiconductor diodes and their application12.4 Half and full wave rectifiers circuits12.5 Filter circuits12.6 Zener diode and their applications12.7 Zener diode as voltage regulator.12.8 Light Emitting Diodes and their applicaton12.9 Transistors and their application.

12.10 Transistor as a Amplifier12.11 Silicon Controlled Rectifier and their application.12.12 Electronic timers12.13 Relays

13.0 Integrated Circuits 4hrs13.1 Logic functions13.2 Logic gates-NOT,AND,OR,NAND, NOR13.3 Fundamentals of IC 13.4 Application of IC's

Contact Hrs / Week: 4 Contact hrs / Semester: 64

No.

1.0 Concept of Electrical energy 02 hrs2.0 Electric current,Voltage and circuits 09hrs3.0 Work, power and energy 04 hrs4.0 Magnetic fields and circuits 03 hrs5.0 Electromagnetic induction 04 hrs

6.0 Alternating current and circuits 06 hrs

Topics Contact hrs

Advantages of SMF (Sealed Maintenance Free) Batteries over Conventional Batteries.

Department of Technical EducationDiploma Courses in Auto, Mech, MTT, Chem,textiles, mining, mechatronics,printing,metallurgy

Second SemesterSub : Basics of Electrical and Electronics Engineering


Page 8 of 14

7.0 Electrical Machines 09hrs8.0 Electric cables 02hr9.0 Protective devices 02hrs10.0 Battery and maintenance 03hrs11.0 Lighting 02hrs

12.0 Electronic components and their applications 10hrs13.0 Integrated Circuits 04hrs

Revision and Tests 04hrs

Total 64hrs

Contact hrs/Week: 04 Total Contact Hrs / Sem.: 64

1 Concept of Hardware & Software……………………….. 05 Hrs

2 Word processing (M S Word)……………………………… 18 Hrs

3 Spreadsheet and Charts (M S Excel)……………………… 18 Hrs

4 Dataprocessing (M S Access)……………………………… 10 Hrs

5 Presentation (M S Power Point)…………………………… 08 Hrs

6 Internet Basics……………………………………………. 05 Hrs

Total 64 Hrs

Contact hrs/Week: 04 Total Contact Hrs / Sem.: 64

General Educational Objectives :

After the completion of the study of this subject students should be able to 1. Recognize the various models of computer system 2. Recognize the various parts, physical components of a computer 3. Understand the cable connections and booting steps 4. Know the various I/O devices 5. Understand the need of Operating System 6. Use the various DOS commands 7. Understand the use of mouse buttons 8. Appreciate working under windows environment 9. Appreciate the use of Windows Explorer 10. Create any document 11. Know to format the document and take a printout 12. Create a worksheet in 13. Use functions and formulas 14. Know to format the worksheet and take a printout 15. Create a database 16. Create view,form,table,query and report 17. Know to take the printout of the report

Course Content

Diploma Course in Mechanical EngineeringI Semester

Subject: Basic Computer Skills

All Diploma Courses I Semester

Subject: Basic Computer Skills


Page 9 of 14

18. Create a presentation using Powerpoint 19. Know to Insert Slides into the presentation 20. Understand various slide transitions 21. Demonstrate the slide show 22. Know to print the handouts 23. Understand the basics of Internet 24. Create an e-mail account 25. Know to send and receive mails 26. Use search engine while browsing 27. Use any Kannada Software package

Specific Instructional Objectives:

1 Concepts of Hardware and Software1.1 Identify the models of computers - Tower, Desktop, Laptop, Palmtop1.2 Identify and understand front panel switches and back panel connectors of

a computer system.1.3 Identify and Understand the physical components of computer :

1.3.1 Motherboard (System Board)1.3.2 Processor chip

1.3.3 Memory 1.3.4 HDD 1.3.5 FDD 1.3.6 CDD(R/W)

1.3.7 SMPS 1.3.8 Ports (Serial,Parallel & USB) 1.3.9 VGA/SVGA/AGP 1.3.10 Sound card 1.3.11 Network Card 1.3.12 MODEM Card (internal and External) 1.3.13 Input devices - Keyboard,Mouse,Scanner,Joystick,Floppy,Compact Disk,etc

1.3.14 Output devices - Monitor, Printer, Plotter, etc.1.4 Understand the need of an Operating system1.5 Differences between command line and graphical user interface1.6 Understand the meaning of the following terms :

1.6.1 Single user single tasking1.6.2 Single user multi tasking1.6.3 Multi user multi tasking1.6.4 Batch processing1.6.5 Real time Processing1.6.6 Distributed processing

1.7 Do the connections of the system, switch on and understand the booting steps1.8 Understand the concept of file and directory, naming rules for files / directories,

types of files1.9 Basic DOS commands - CLS,DIR, Date, Time, Version, MD,CD,RD,Del,

Copy,Ren,Volume; Use of wild characters,Format,Path, Type 1.10 Getting started with

1.10.1 Windows1.10.2 Desktop

1.10.3 Icons 1.10.4 Mouse operations - single click, double click, click & drag 1.10.5 Shortcuts

1.10.6 Popup Menus1.10.7 Start button1.10.8 Keyboard operations in window

1.10.9 Task Bar1.10.10 Customizing the desktop

1.11 Exposure to Windows Operating System1.11.1 Logging on to Windows 1.11.2 Starting and closing a program1.11.3 Switching between programs,documents1.11.4 Re-sizing windows - Maximize, Minimize and restore

1.11.5 Find - file, folders, etc. 1.11.6 Run - starting a program using run command


Page 10 of 14

1.11.7 Shutdown - shutdown / restart computer1.12 Practice Windows Explorer - through My computer, Icon and shortcut entry1.13 Creating/opening a document1.14 Understand clipboard concept for copy,cut and paste1.15 Editing and saving the document in Floppy/ Hard disk1.16 Study and understand Windows utilities -notepad, wordpad, paint, calculator,etc1.17

2 Utilities

2.1 WORD PROCESSING

2.1.1

2.1.2 Create a new document - edit, save, close 2.1.3 Page setup (Layout)

2.1.4

2.1.5 Creating documents with Multiple columns2.1.6 Inserting symbols,file, hyperlink,cliparts and pictures into the document

2.1.7

2.1.8

2.1.9 Creating drawings and charts using drawing toolbar 2.1.10 Creating tables and borders

2.1.11 Creating templates, envelopes & labels 2.1.12 Object Linking and Embedding (OLE)

2.1.13 Taking printout of the document 2.1.14 Mail-merging

2.1.15 Creating Macros and customizing Word2.1.16 Exiting Word

2.2 SPREADSHEET AND CHARTS2.2.1

2.2.2 Creating an excel book

2.2.3

2.2.4 Entering data - numeric, text and formula2.2.5

2.2.6 Formatting rows and columns 2.2.7 Understand Filling series 2.2.8 Selecting cells, rows or columns 2.2.9 Clearing contents and formats of the cells selected 2.2.10 Creating different types of graphs for given data 2.2.11 Formatting charts 2.2.12 Dealing with formulas, functions related with text, logical, mathematical, etc 2.2.13 Manipulating Data - Sorting, filtering, validation, importing & exporting data

2.2.14 Working with windows - Splitting, freezing and setting the print area2.2.15 Creating an excel report2.2.16 Printing an excel sheet/part of an excel sheet

2.2.17 Object Linking and Embedding (OLE)2.2.18 Creating Macros and customizing Excel2.2.19 Exiting Excel

2.3 DATAPROCESSING

2.3.1

2.3.2 Creating a database,tables,view,forms,query,report,index,etc2.3.3 Use of wizards to create tables2.3.4 Create a report and take the printout2.3.5 Creating Macros and customizing Access2.3.6 Exiting Access

2.4 PRESENTATION2.4.1

Starting Access and understanding the concept of data,field, record, table and database

Invoking Powerpoint application and understand - titlebar,Menubar,Toolbar,Scrollbar,control window, etc

Text formatting - Selection of Fonts, fontsize, alignments, line spacing, paragraph alignment, indents & tabs

Page formatting - Inserting page numbers, date,time, fields,header and footer,footnote, comments,etcPracticing the utilities like find, replace, goto, spell check, grammer check, thesaurus, wordcount,autotext and autocorrect

Invoking Excel application and understand the different parts - titlebar, Menubar, Toolbar, Scrollbar, control window, etc

Understanding the excel sheet,cell,rows&columns, sheet size, navigating the workbook

Formatting a cell - number, date,time,text, alignment, border, font,pattern, protection, etc.

Study and understand Windows system tools - scandisk,backup,system info, winzip, etc

Invoking word application and understand the different parts - titlebar,Menubar,Toolbar,Scrollbar,Control button, etc


Page 11 of 14

2.4.2

2.4.3 Opening, saving,closing a presentation2.4.4

2.4.5 Slide show - manual, auto2.4.6 Printing handouts2.4.7 Creating Macros and customizing Powerpoint

2.4.8 Exiting Powerpoint3 INTERNET

3.1 Understand the meaning of :

3.23.3

3.4 Chatting4 Practice on any Kannada Software Package

WORD PROCESSING 1. Create a business or personal letter

2. Create a company letterhead 3. Create a simple newsletter 4. Create a memo

5. Create a resume 6. Create an Invitation/Greeting Card 7. Create the cover page of a project report 8. Create a mailmerged letter/Invitation 9. Create a Macro which inserts a picture and formats the text

SPREADSHEET 1. Create a worksheet with 4 columns. Enter 10 records and find the sum of all columns 2. Create a report containing the pay details of the employees

3. Create a results sheet containing Candidate's Register No., Name, Marks for all subjects, Total and result. Total and result must be calculated as below: Total is sum of marks in all subjects Result is Distinction if Total >= 70 % First Class if Total > = 60 % and < 70 % Second Class if Total >= 50 % and < 60 % Pass if Total >= 35 % and < 50 % provided the candidate has secured atleast 35 marks in each subject. Fail otherwise. 4. Create a simple Bar chart to highlight the sales of a company for 3 different periods

5. Create a pie-chart - give legends 6. Create a worksheet importing data from a database and calculate sum of all the columns 7. Create a Macro which creates a line chart using the data in the worksheet

DATABASE 1.Create a simple table for result processing

2.Design a query table for the same table3.Design a form to update/modify the table contents4.Design a report to print the result sheet and marks card for the above table.

PRESENTATION

1.Create a simple presentation to list simple DOS commands,Hardwares, Softwares etc.

INTERNET BASICS1.Practice browsing of different sites using search engine2.Practice Understanding different e-mail services-Outlook, Yahoomail, rediffmail etc.

Creating an E-Mail ID, Sending and Receiving E-Mails, voicemail,video mail, video conferencing, etc

SAMPLE EXERCISES

Creating a presentation using auto context wizard, Design Templates and Blank presentation

Working with slides - Inserting pictures, tables,sound files, outline,slide transitions

Network,Internet,intranet,internet server, internet browser,Webpage, Website,URL's, Search engines, http,www,HTML,DHTML and OutlookLogging on to internet, browsing the net, using search engines, Downloading a file


Page 12 of 14

3.Practice creating e-mail account, Sending Receiving & Storing of mails

Duration: 3 Hrs Max Marks 100

1 Record 52 Viva 203 One question each on any two of the following 30 x2 =60

3.1 M S Word3.2 M S Excel3.2 M S Access3.4 M S Power Point

4 Internet Basics 15Total 40

1 Record 52 Viva 103 One question to be set from any 2 of the 4 combination

3.1 Writing 103.2 Execution 153.3 Printout 5 30x 2=60

4 Two or Three Questions to be asked on Internet Basics 15Total 100

Reference Books

1. Basic Computer Skills By Dr. M A Jayaram & D S Rajendra Prasad,

2. A Computer Laboratory referral for Diploma & Engineering students BY: T R Jagadish et.al- Universities Press

BY: T R Jagadish et.al- Universities Press.

hrs/week : Contact hrs. / Sem:96(2 Slots of 3Hrs each/Week)

Sl. No. Topics hrs alloted

1 Introduction to Engineering Graphics2 Dimensiong3 Projection o 84 Projection o 125 Projection o 146 Projection o 187 Conversion 22

Tests 6Total 80

Subject Contents

1 Introduction to Engineering Graphics 9Definition of the drawing-technical drawingEngineering Instruments

Subject Title: Engineering Graphics

Scheme of Examination

Scheme of Evaluation

Diploma Course in Mechanical EngineeringFirst Semester


Page 13 of 14

Drawing Board, sheet - their standards sizesTitle Block, layout, Symbols, types of lines, conventions, standardsapplications of different types of lines

2 Dimensioning 12Definiton and importanceDimensioning components:Dimension line, extension line, arrow head, leader, dimensional figure, symbol,scale and unitsSystems of dimensioningaligned systemunidirectional systemArrangement of dimensioningchain, parallel, progressive, combined, co-ordinate, equal and equi-distant…Dimensioning common features


Page 14 of 14

Circular, fillets, chamfers, rounds, curved surface, spherical, angles, tapers, threads, and knurls

3 Projection of Points 9

Four quadrants ,principal planes ,profile planes Projection of points in all the four quadrants Projection of points- front view,top view and side views

4 Projection of lines 15

Projection of line when parallel to both the planesProjection of line parallel to one plane and perpendicular to other planeProjection of line inclined to one plane and parallel to other plane(Side views for above cases)Projection of line inclined to the both the planes

5 Projection of planes 15

Meaning of the planes like square, rectangular,pentagonal,hexagonal,andcircular

Solving the problems using change of position method only

6 Projection of solids 18(All problems should be taught considering solids should be resting on HP)Projection of cube, triangular prism, square prism, rectangular prismpentagonal prism, hexagonal prism, pyramids like square, rectangular, pentagonal andhexagonal, Cone and cylinder in different positions using first angle projection method

7 Projection of Isometric View to orthograph 12

Projection of orthographic views of solids like prism, pyramid, cube, cylinder, cone, Sphere, machine components etc

Tests 6Total 96

Scheme of Examination1 Chapter 1 is only for practice and internal assessment and not for examination2 Three questions must be set as per the following pattern

Q. No. om Chapte

1 introduction2 Dimensiong3 Points4 Lines5 Planes6 Solids7 Iso to Ortho

Reference books

1 Elementary engineering drawing : N.D.Bhatt2 Engineering Drawing : K.R. Gopal krishna3 Fundamentals of engineeing drawing : R.K. Dhawan6 Engineering Drawing : I.S. Morries7 Step by step engineering drawing : Vee Ess8 Engineering graphics : Verges9 Engineering drawing by Venugopal

on paper can be set as per reqular M08 sta

20303030

Total 140

Drawing the three views of the planes in different positon using first angle projection

Marks Alloted

101010

ENGLISH COMMUNICATION

TABLE OF SPECIFICATIONS

Sl NO

Ability

Content

Knowledge

Comprehension

Application

Analysis Total

1 Lessons 5 25 10 40

2 Parts of speech 2 02

3 Countable & Uncountable nouns 2 2

4 Use of some, any etc. 6 6

5 Main & Aux. verbs 2 2

6 Uses of Tenses 8 8

7 Voice 4 4

8 Interrogatives 2 2

9 Negatives 2 2

10 Prepositions 4 4

11 Question tags 2 2

12 Use of adverb too 2 2

13 Use of idioms & phrases 4 4

14 Story from outlines 5 5

15 Developing notes into a paragraph 5 5

16 Comprehension of unseen passage 5 5

17 Summarising 5 5

Total 13 32 40 15 100

Department of Technical Education All Diploma Courses in Engineering and Technology Streams

First or Second Semester ENGLISH COMMUNICATION

Contact Hrs./Week: 4 Contact Hrs. / Semester: 64 GOAL: IMPROVEMENT OF ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS OF I OR II SEMESTER STUDENTS OF DIPLOMA COURSES IN ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY. SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: 1 READING SKILL The student is able to : 1.1 Understand the difficult words and phrases in the lesson 1.2 Use the words and phrases correctly in his own sentences 1.3 Read the lesson properly without mistakes 1.4 Read the given passage correctly. 2 WRITING SKILL The student is able to 2.1 Write the answers correctly to the questions on the lessons 2.2 Write personal letters in the proper format without mistakes 2.3 Use words and phrases in his own sentences 2.4 write grammatically correct sentences. 3 PRACTICAL KNOWLEDGE OF GRAMMAR The student is able to 3.1 Use verbs correctly 3.2 Use various phrases appropriately 3.3 Use interrogatives and negatives 3.4 Convert active voice into passive and vice versa 3.5 Frame questions, question tags and give short form answers correctly 3.6 Use prepositions appropriately 4 COMPREHENSION 4.1 The student is able to read and understand the seen & unseen passages and answer the questions given 5 CREATING AWARENESS 5.1 The student becomes aware of current environmental issues and about his responsibilities toward environment factors. 5.2 Awareness about Right to Information Act

CONTENT

1 TEXT BOOK

“ENGLISH COMMUNICATION FOR POLYTECHNICS” By NITTTR, Chennai and Published by Orient BlackSwan Pvt Ltd, Hyderabad.

2 GRAMMAR 2.1 PARTS OF SPEECH 2.2 COUNTABLE, UNCOUNTABLE AND PROPER; NOUNS 2.3 USE OF SOME, ANY, MUCH, MANY, A LOT OF, ETC., 2.4 MAIN AND AUXILIARY VERBS 2.5 USES OF TENSES 2.6 ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICE 2.7 INTEROGATIVES 2.8 NEGATIVES 2.9 PREPOSITIONS 3.1 QUESTION TAGS 3.2 USE OF ADVERB TOO 3.3 USING PHRASES IN OWN SENTENCES 3 COMPOSITION & COMPREHENSION 3.1 WRITING RESPONSE TO PICTURE 3.2 STORY FROM GIVEN OUTLINES 3.3 EXPANDING OUTLINES INTO PARAGRAPH 3.4 PARAGRAPH WRITING USING HINTS 3.5 COMPREHENSION OF UNSEEN PASSAGE 3.6 NOTE MAKING 3.7 DEVELOPING NOTES INTO PARAGRAPHS 3.8 SUMMERISING MONTHLY TESTS READING AND COMPREHENSION EVALUATION

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION – KARNATAKA

SUBJECT: APPLIED MATHEMATICS – I

For I- semester

DIPLOMA COURSES OF ALL BRANCHES

Contact hour per week: 04 Contact hour per Semester: 64

UNIT NO. CHAPTER TITLE CONTACT

HR.

ALGEBRA

1 DETERMINANTS 2

2 MATRICES 4

3 BINOMIAL THEOREM 3

4 LOGARITHMS 2

5 VECTOR ALGEBRA 6

TRIGONOMETRY

6 UNITS AND MEASUREMENT OF AN ANGLE 3

7 TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF ACUTE

ANGLE AND STANDARD ANGLES

6

8 TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF ALLIED

ANGLES

4

9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES 2

10 COMPOUND ANGLES 4

11 MULTIPLE AND SUB MULTIPLE ANGLE 2

12 TRANSFORMATION FORMULAE 4

13 PROPERTIES AND SOLUTIONS OF

TRIANGLES

4

14 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS 2

ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY

15 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ANALYTICAL

GEOMETRY

6

16 STRAIGHT LINES 6

17 TESTS AND ASSIGNMENTS 4

TOTAL HOUR 64

REFFERENCE BOOKS:

1.Applied Mathematics -I By W.R Neelakanta Sapna Publications.

2. Applied Mathematics -I By Dr. D S Prakash S Chand Publications

3. Text book of mathematics for P U C

QUESTION PAPER BLUE PRINT

FOR APPLIED MATHEMATICS – I

UN

IT N

O.

HO

UR

Questions

to be set

(2 Marks)

PART- A

Questions

to be set

(5 Marks)

PART- B

Questions

to be set

(5 Marks)

PART- C

Questions

to be set

(5 Marks)

PART- D

1 2 1 1 - -

2 4 1 2 - -

3 3 1 1 - -

4 2 - 1 - -

5 6 2 3 - -

6 3 - - 1 - 7 6 1 - 2 -

8 4 1 - 2 -

9 2 - - 1 -

10 4 1 - 1 -

11 2 1 - 1 -

12 4 1 - 1 -

13 4 1 - 2 -

14 2 1 - 1 -

15 6 1 - - 2

16 6 2 - - 2

TOT

AL

64 15 8 12 04

Questions to

be answered

10 5 8 3

APPLIED – MATHEMATICS – I

Marks No. of Questions No. of Questions

to be set to be Answered

Part A 2 X 10 = 20 15 10

Part B 5 X 05 = 25 08 05

Part C 5 X 08 = 40 12 08

Part D 5 X 03 = 15 04 03

Total = 100

CONTENTS OF APPLIED MATHEMATICS – I

ALGEBRA

UNIT – 1: DETERMINANTS. 2 Hr.

Definition, Order, Expansion of 2nd & 3rd order Determinants by means of

examples. Problems on finding unknown quantity in a 2nd & 3rd determinant using using

expansion. Solving simultaneous linear equations by determinant method ( Cramer’s

rule). Problems.

UNIT – 2: MATRICES. 4 Hr.

Determinant value of a square matrix. Singular and non singular matrices with

examples. Minor and co factor of an element of a matrix. Adjoint of a matrix. Problems.

Characteristics equations of a square matrix and its roots. Problems. Cayley – Hamilton’s

theorem (statement only). Problems. Find inverse of a matrix using the theorem.

UNIT – 3: BINOMIAL THEOREM. 3 Hr.

Meaning of nCr and its value. Binomial theorem for (x + a) n, where n ia a positive

integer. Expansion. Finding constant term, co-efficient of xn , particular term and middle

term(s). Problems.

UNIT – 4: LOGARITHEMS. 2 Hr.

Defination of common and natural logarithems. Laws of logarithems. Problems

on laws.

UNIT – 5: VECTOR ALGEBRA. 6 Hr.

Defination of vector. Representation of a vector as a directed line segment.

Magnitude of a vector. Types of vectors. Position vector. Vector can be expressed in

terms of end points of position vector. Addition and subtraction of vector in terms of line

segment. Vector in a plane and vector in a space in terms of unit vector i, j and k

respectively. Product of vectors. Scalar and vector product. Geometrical meaning of

scalar and vector product. Applications of dot(scalar) and cross(vector) product:

Projection of a vector on another vector. Area of parallelogram and area of triangle. Work

done by a force and moment of force

TRIGONOMETRY

UNIT – 6: UNITS AND MEASUREMENT OF AN ANGLE 3 Hr

Defination of an angle. Systems of unit of an angle. Defination of radian. Radian

is a constant angle. Relation between degree & radian and problems. Derivation of l = rθ

& A = ½ r2θ. Problems.

UNIT –7: TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF AN ACUTE ANGLE. 6 Hr

Defination of Trigonometric ratios in terms of sides of a triangle for an acute

angle. Proof of Trigonometric identities. Trigonometric ratios of standard angles: The

numerical value of trigonometric ratios of standard angles like 00, 300, 450, 600 and 900.

Problems.

UNIT – 8: ALLIED ANGLES. 4 Hr.

Angle of any magnitude, sign of the trigonometric ratios. Meaning of allied

angles. Trigonometric ratios of allied angles in terms of θ. Problems. Complimentary

angles and relation between trigonometric ratios of complimentary angles. Problems.

UNIT – 9: HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES. 2 Hr.

Defination of angle of elevation and depression. Problems.

UNIT -10: COMPOUND ANGLES. 3 Hr.

Geometrical proof of Sin( A + B) and Cos(A + B). Find Tan( A + B) using

Sin( A + B) and Cos(A + B). Write the formulae for Sin( A - B), Cos(A - B) and tan( A -

B). Problems.

UNIT -11: MULTIPLE ANGLES. 3 Hr.

Derive ratios of multiple angles of 2A and 3A. Problems. Obtain sub multiple

angle formulae. Problems.

UNIT-12: TRANSFORMATION FORMULAE. 4 Hr.

Express sum or difference of Sine and Cosine of an angles in to product form.

Express product of Sine and Cosine of angles in to sum or difference form. Problems.

UNIT-13: PROPERTIES AND SOLUTION OF TRIANGLES. 4 Hr.

The relation between sides of a triangle and Sines, Cosines and Tangents of any

angle(Sine rule, Cosine rule and Tangent rule), Projection rule. Half angle formulae in

terms of sides of a triangle. Problems. Problems on solution of triangles (four types).

UNIT- 14: INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS. 2 Hr.

Defination. Principle values of inverse trigonometric functions. Derivation of

results like sin-1x + cos-1x =Л/2 =tan-1x + cot-1x = cosec-1x + sec-1x, tan-1x + tan-1y = tan-1

Problems.

ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY

UNIT-15: BASIC CONCEPTS OF ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY. 6 Hr.

Defination of a point in a plane, Specification of a point using co-ordinate system.

Points on X-axis and Y-axis. Derivation of distance formula. Problems. Section formulae.

Derivation of co-ordinate of a point which divide the line internally in the given ratio( No

derivation for external division). Mid point formula. Problems. Centroid, area of a

triangle and collinear points. Problems. Locus of a point with respect to a fixed point and

with respect to two fixed points and its equations. Problems.

UNIT-16: STRAIGHT LINES. 6 Hr.

Inclination of a line with horizontal line and its slope. Intercept of a straight line.

Slope of a line parallel to X-axis and Y-axis. Derivation of conditions for two lines to be

parallel and perpendicular. Problems. Derivations equations of straight lines y = mx + c,

y – y1 = m (x – x1 ), y – y1 = (y2 – y1 / x2 – x1 ) (x – x1 ), (x / a ) + (y / b) = 1 and

x cosα + y sinα = P. General equation of a line ax +by + c = 0 and problems. Equation of

lines through a point and parallel or perpendicular to a given line. Problems. Angle

between two lines. Problems. Point of intersection of lines. Equation of a line through the

point of intersection which is parallel or perpendicular to the given line. Problems.

*******************

GENERAL AND SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

ALGEBRA

UNIT – 1: DETERMINANTS. 2 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

1.1 To understand meaning of determinants and evaluation of 2nd & 3rd order

determinants.

1.2 To understand the solution of linear equations by Cramer’s rule.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

1.1.1 Definition of Determinant by means of Algebraic Expression and order in terms of

Rows and Columns.

1.1.2 Evaluate Determinants of 2nd & 3rd order --- Problems.

1.1.3 Solve the problems to find unknown quantity in a determinant.

1.2.1 Solve the linear equations of 2 nd or 3 rd unknowns using determinants. Problems

UNIT – 2: MATRICES. 4 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

2.1 To understand Minors and co-cofactors, adjoint and inverse of a matrix.

2.2 To know the characteristic equation for 2 x 2 matrix.


2.1.1 Define singular and non singular square matrix.

2.1.2 Find the minors and cofactors of each elements of matrix

2.1.3 Define adjoint of a square matrix.--- Problems.

2.1.4 Define inverse of a square matrix --- Problems.

2.2.1 Explain characteristic equation of a 2 x 2 matrix and its roots --- Problems.

2.2.2 State Cayley – Hamilton’s theorem for 2nd order (Statement only) --- Problems.

2.2.3 Apply it to find inverse of the matrix --- Problems.

UNIT – 3: BINOMIAL THEOREM. 3 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

3.1 To recognise the meaning of nCr & to compute the values nC0, nCn, nC1, nC2….. Cr

3.2 To prove nCr = nCn-r by demonstration.

3.3 To know the statement of (x+a)n for positive integral Index n.


3.1.1 Meaning of nC r and value of nCr .

3.2.1 Use of nCr in the expansion (x + a)n , where n is positive integer.

3.3.1 Expansion of (x + a)n , where n is positive integer. (only statement).

3.3.2 Solve the problems of the following types

(a) expansion of type (2x +y)6 , (√3 +2)4, (x2 – 1/√x )8 (b) To simplify (√2 +1)5 + (√2 -1)5

(c) To find middle term(s)

(d). To find the coefficient of xn and constant terms in (x+a)n

UNIT – 4: LOGARITHMS 2 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

4.1 To understand logarithm, common logarithm and natural logarithm.

4.2 To comprehend laws of logarithem.


4.1.1 Define logarithm,common logarithm and natural logarithm.

4.2.1 Derive the laws of logarithm

(a) loga mn = loga m + loga n

(b) loga m/n = loga m - loga n

(c) loga xk = k loga x

(d) loga b = logc b / logc a (CHANGE OF BASE)

4.2.2 Solve problems on laws of logarithms

UNIT – 5: VECTOR ALGEBRA 6 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

5.1 To understand vectors.

5.2 To understand vector operations.


5.1.1 Define a vector and represent a vector geometrically.

5.1.2 Name a directed line segment as a vector.

5.1.3 Write different types of vectors.

5.1.4 Write addition and subtraction of vectors in terms of the segment.

5.1.5 Explain the position vector of a point with reference to a point.

5.1.6 Write the conclusion of difference of two vectors with same initial point as position

vector of a point.

5.1.7 Define vector in a plane and vector in a space in terms of unit vectors

i, j and k respectively.

5.2.1 Write types of vector product (a)Scalar product (b)Vector product

5.2.2 Define scalar product and vector product.

5.2.3 Interpret product of vectors geometrically.

5.2.4 Design the product of vectors to find angle between them and unit vector

5.2.5 Apply product of vectors to find ( i.) projection of a vector on another vector

(ii) Area of triangle and parallelogram (iii) work done by a Force (application of

scalar product) (iv) moment of a force (application of vector product)

TRIGONOMETRY

UNIT – 6: UNIT AND MEASUREMENT OF ANGLE 3 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

6.1 To understand the concept of angle, unit and its measurement.


6.1.1 Define an angle.

6.1.2 Define a right angle in different systems.

6.1.3 Define radian.

6.1.4 Obtain relations between radian and degree.

6.1.5 Solve problems.

6.1.6 Prove the radian as a constant angle.

6.1.7 Derive l = rө

6.1.8 Derive area of sector = (r2ө ) /2.

6.1.9 Solve related problems.

UNIT – 7: TRIGNOMETRIC RATIOS 4 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

7.1 To understand trigonometric ratios.

7.2 To comprehend trigonometric ratios of standard angles.


7.1.1 Define trigonometric ratios for an acute angle.

7.1.2 Derive important formulae (identities)

7.1.3 Solve problems using identities.

7.1.4 Obtain trigonometric ratios of standard angles 0°, 30° , 45° , 60°,90°

7.1.5 Solve problems using standard values.

UNIT – 8: ALLIED ANGLES 4 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

8.1 To understand allied angles of the type ( nπ/2 ± ө).


8.1.1 Define positive and negative angles.

8.1.2 Give examples to differentiate positive and negative angles.

8.1.3 Explain trigonometric ratios in different quadrants and assign signs.

8.1.4 Define allied angles in different quadrants.

8.1.5 Write formulae of 90± Ө, 180± Ө, 270± Ө, 360± Ө and (-Ө)

8.1.6 Solve problems on allied angles.

UNIT - 9: HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES 2 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

9.1 To understand the measurement of Heights and Distances using

trigonometry.


9.1.1 Define angle of elevation and angle of depression.

9.1.2 Define the “Height” and “Distance”

9.1.3 Solve problems on height and distance.

UNIT – 10: COMPOUND ANGLES 3 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

10.1 To understand compound angles.


10.1.1 Define a compound angle.

10.1.2 Give examples for compound angles.

10.1.3 Derive the formula of sin(A+B) and cos(A+B) geometrically.

10.1.4 Obtain tan(A+B) interms of tanA and tanB using sin(A+B) and

cos(A+B).

10.1.5 Obtain formula for sin(A-B) ,cos(A-B) and tan(A-B).

10.1.6 Solve the problems on compound angles.

UNIT – 11: MULTIPLE AND SUBMULTIPLE ANGLES. 3 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

11.1 To understand multiple and sub multiple angles.


11.1.1 Define multiple and submultiple angle with example.

11.1.2 Derive the formulae for trigonometric ratios of 2A and 3A

using compound angle formulae.

11.1.3 Deduce half angle formulae from the ratio of 2A formulae.


UNIT – 12: TRANSFORMATION FORMULAE 4 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

12.1 To understand transformation formulae.


12.1.1 Obtain expressions for sinC ± sinD and cosC ± cosD interms of Product of

trigonometric ratios.

12.1.2 Derive expressions for sinAcosB, cosAsinB, cosAcosB and

sinAsinB interms of the sum and difference of trigonometric ratios.


UNIT – 13: PROPERTIES AND SOLUTIONS OF TRIANGLES 4Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

13.1 To understand the properties of triangles in order to solve them.


13.1.1 Obtain sine rule ,cosine rule and tangent rule for any angle of a triangle.

13.1.2 Write half angle formulae interms of sides of a triangle (no proof).

13.1.3 Solve simple problems on above rules.

13.1.4 Find the solution of a a triangle in the following cases when (i) all sides are given

(ii)two sides and included angle is given (iii) two angles and one side is

given.(iv)two sides and non included angle is given.

UNIT – 14: INVERSE TRIGNOMETRIC FUNCTIONS. 2 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

14.1 To understand inverse trigonometric functions.


14.1.1 Define inverse trigonometric function.

14.1.2 Write principal values of trigonometric functions.

14.1.3 Prove standard results like

1. sinˉ1 x + cos– 1 x = tan–1x + cot–1x = cosec–1x + sec–1x = π/2,

xy

y

1

x tan=y tanx ± tan2. 1-1-1-

14.1.4 Solve the problems on inverse functions.

ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY

UNIT – 15: BASIC CONCEPTS OF POINT AND LOCUS 6 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

15.1 To understand the basic concepts of point and locus.


15.1.1 Define coordinates in two dimensional space.

15.1.2 Define a point in terms of coordinates.

15.1.3 Obtain equation for the distance between two points in terms of co ordinates.

15.1.4 Solve problems on above formula.

15.1.5 Explain the section of a straight line.

15.1.6 Derive section formula for internal division.

15.1.7 Write section formula for external division.

15.1.8 Write formula for mid point of a line.

15.1.9 Solve problems on internal and external division.

15.1.10 Define locus of a point.

15.1.11 Solve problems on locus of a point.

UNIT – 16: STRAIGHT LINES 6 Hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

16.1 To understand straight lines.


16.1.1 Define angle of inclination.

16.1.2 Define slope of a straight line.

16.1.3 Define x and y intercepts for straight line.

16.1.4 Write

+

−=

12

12

1tan

mm

mm

16.1.5 Write angle between two straight lines in terms of

+

−=

12

12

1tan

mm

mm

16.1.6 Write the conditions for two lines to be parallel and to be perpendicular to each

other.


16.1.8 Derive the slope-intercept form of an equation of a straight line y = mx + c

16.1.9 Obtain the point – slope form equation to the straight line )( 11 xxmyy −=−

16.1.10 Obtain two point form of the equation to a straight line )( 1

12

121 xx

xx

yyyy −

−

−=−

16.1.11 Obtain intercepts form of the equation to a straight line, 1=+b

y

a

x

16.1.12 Derive the normal form of equation to a straight line,xcos α + ysin α = p

16.1.13 Write the general form of equation to a straight line, ax +by+c=0

16.1.14 Solve problems on different forms of equation.

16.1.15 Solve problems to find an equation of a straight line passing through the given

point and parallel to the given line.

16.1.16 Solve problems to find an equation of a straight line passing through the given

point and perpendicular to the given line.

16.1.17 Solve problems to find an equation of straight line passing through the

intersection of given lines.

16.1.18 Obtain the condition for the intersection of three lines express in general in the

determinant form.

16.1.19 Solve the problems on the above condition.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. First and Second PUC mathematics Text Books of different authors.

2. Text Book of mathematics –I for polytechnic-by different authors

3. Text Book of mathematics-II for polytechnic- by different authors

******************************************************* BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION – KARANATAKA

MODEL QUESTION PAPER Code:

APPLED MATHEMATICS –I ( FOR ALL COURSES)

Time: 3 Hrs Max.m marks:100

NOTE: i) Answer any 10 questions in section A, 5 questions in section B

8 questions in section C, & 3 questions in D

ii) Each question carries 2 marks in section A

ii) Each question carries 5 marks in remaining section

SECTION – A

1. Find x if

1 2 3

4 5 0

7 8 9

x =

2. If A = 1 2

3 5

−

, Find A. adj(A)

3. Find the 5th term in 83

xx

+

4. If a = 2i + 3 j – 2 k and b = i + 2k, find .a b

5. If p = i + J -2k, Find unit vector in the direction of p

6. If sinθ + cosecθ = ½ , find sin2θ + cosec2θ

7. If sec θ = cosec3θ, find θ.

8. Find the value of tan15° without using table or calculator.

9. Show that tan2

=

sin

1 cos

+

10. Show that cos17 sin17

tan 28cos17 sin17

− =

+

11. Show that ( ) ( )

tan2 ( )

A s b s c

s s a

− −=

−

12. Show that 1 1cos ( ) cosx x− −− = −

13. Find the locus of a point which moves at a equal distances from the axis

14. Find the inclination and Y-intercept of the line √3x + y = 3

15. Find the angle between the lines who’s slopes are √3 and 1/√3

SECTION – B

1. Solve the following equations by cramer’s rule

2x + y = 1, y + 2z = 7 and 3z – 2x =11

2. Find the inverse of the matrix A =

1 2 5

0 1 3

3 1 2

−

3. Verify Caylay-Hamilton Theorem for the matrix A = 2 1

1 5

−

4. Find the co-efficient of x18 in

15

2 3ax

x

+

5. If loga (bc) = x , logb (ac) = y and logc(a b) = z. Show that 1 1 1

11 1 1x y z

+ + =+ + +

6. Find the sin of the angle between the vectors ( 3,2,-1) and ( 2,-1,4)

7. If the position vectors of A, B,C are respectively i + 2j + 3k, 2i + 5j – k and –i + j +2k,

find the area of triangle ABC

8. Find the projection of vector 2i + 3j + 2k on 4i + 5j + 3k

SECTION – C

1. Circular wheel is rotating at the rate of 450 r.p.m. If the radius of the wheel 70cm, find

the distance covered by a point on the rim in 1 second.

2 Prove that tan sec 1 1 sin

tan sec 1 cos

+ − +=

− +

3. Show that sin 1 cos

2cos1 cos

ecsin

++ =

+

4. Show that sin420°cos390° + cos(- 300°) sin(- 330°) = 1

5. Simplify

cos( )sec( ) tan( )2

sec(2 )sin( )cot( )2

+ − −

− + +

6. The angles of elevation of the top of a tower from the base and top of building are

60° and 45°. The building is 20m high. Find the height of the tower.

7. Prove that sin( )

sin sin

A B

A B

− = 0

8. Prove that cos3 sin 3

cos sin

A A

A A

+

−= 1 + sin2A

9.Prove that sin sin 3 sin 5 sin 7

cos cos3 cos5 cos7

A A A A

A A A A

+ + +

+ + + = tan4A

10.In a triangle ABC show that 2 2 2 2

cos 2 cos 2 1 1A B

a b a b− = −

11. Solve the triangle ABC if a = 2 , C = √3 – 1 , B = 120°

12. Prove that 1 1 11 1 1

2 tan tan 2 tan8 7 5 4

− − −+ + =

SECTION – D

1. Find the point on the x-axis which is equidistant form the points (7,6) and (–3,4)

2. Find the co-ordinates of the point of trisection of the median AB of the triangle ABC

whose vertices are A(– 2, 2 ) ,B (– 1, –3 ) and C (5,7)

3. Find the equation of the line passing through (– 2, 6 ) and the sum of intercepts on the

co-ordinate axes is 5.

4. Find the equation of the line perpendicular to 3x – 2y + 1 = 0 and passes through(1,–2).

0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0

Karnataka Polytechnic, Mangalore

Diploma Course in Polymer Technology First Semester

Subject: Workshop Practice ( Carpentry, Fitting & Plumbing)

Contact Hrs/ week : 6

Code No:

Contact hours per semester:96

1. Draw the layout of carpentry shop

2. Sketch carpentry tools

3. State brief description and use of carpentry tools .

4. Mark for operations like sawing, planning,chiseling and wood turning

5. State safety precautions for the above operations

6. Prepare the following the carpentry joints

6.1 Half lap joint

6.2 Mortise and Tenon joint

6.3 Dovetail joint

6.4 Bridel joint

7. Prepare utility articles like coat hanger, show rack, book shelf, switch box, office

tray, towel stand, chapatti roller , teapoy (any two)

8. Measure quantity of wood required for a given task (with respect to items

mentioned in serial No.7)

9. Practice on wood turning lathe-preparation of decorative chair legs

Fitteing :

1. Draw the layout of fitting shop

2. Sketch fitting tools

3. State brief description and use of fitting tools

4. Mark for operations like chipping, filing, drilling , cutting, and tapping

5. State safety precautions for the above operations

6. Prepare the following fitting

6.1 Reducing round section into square section by chipping and filing

6.2 Making female and female gauges with V joint, rectangular joining and semi

circular joint

7. Prepare utility articles-Hexagonal nut screw driver, hinge, paper weight (any one) and

measure quantity of metal required for this job

Plumbing

1. Sketch plumbing tools

2. State brief description and use of plumbing tools

3. Prepare the following plumbing models like pipe threading, Single tap fitting,

Double tap fitting, ash basin pipe fitting,(use GI & PVC pipes)

Karnataka Polytechnic, Mangalore

Diploma Course in Polymer Technology Second Semester

Subject: Workshop Practice ( Welding and lathe)

Contact Hrs/ week : 6

Code No:

Contact hours per semester:96

Lathe

1. Grinding of lathe tools to the require dangle

2. Turning practice on mild steel specimen to an accuracy of + 0.25mm

3. Practice the following operation s on a lathe

• Facing

• Grooving

• Step turning

• Taper turning

• Parting

• Knurling

• Chamfering

• Drilling

• Grinding

• Curving

• Thread Cutting

4. Cutting of external and internal threads – Right hand and left hand threads,

V –threads, Square threads and multi start threads and multi threads.

5. Practice on drilling machine:

Drilling a hole, Reaming a hole, Tapping a hole

Welding

2.1 Arc welding

2.2 Welding tools and equipments and their uses

2.3 General instructions on the use of Arc welding, Selection of Electrode

And setting of Voltages.

2.4 Maintenance of Electric Arc and metal deposition practice

2.5 Arc welding practice

2.6 Preparation of joints

a) Lap b) But c) T d) angular e) corner

2.7 Gas welding

General instructions on the use of gas welding and equipment use for gas

welding

2.8 Flame setting, metal fusing and metal deposition

2.9 Preparation of Joints

GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATIONS

First/Second SemesterDiploma

APPLIED SCIENCE (COMMON TO ALL COURSES) SUBJECT CODE:

CURRICULAUM contact Hours -5Hrs/week Unit No Name of the chapter No of Hr

01 Units, Dimensions & Measurements 06 Hrs

02 Basics of Dynamics 06 Hrs

03 Basics of Statics 06 Hrs

04 Properties of solids & liquids 10 Hrs

05 Heat & Properties of gases 05Hrs

06 Wave Motion 12 Hrs

07 Physical Optics 12 Hrs

08 Modern Physics 09 Hrs

09 Engg. Chemistry 08 Hrs

Test & Assignments 06 Hrs

TOTAL 80 Hrs

Note: For setting of question paper,

Unit No. 01, 02 and 03 ------------- Section A

Unit No.04, 05 and 06 --------------- Section B

Unit No.07, 08 and 09 ---------------- Section C

Also refer table of specification

APPLIED SCIENCE (COMMON TO ALL COURSES) SUBJECT CODE:

CONTENTS Unit No 01

Units, Dimensions & Measurements : ( 6 Hrs)

Physical quantity, Fundamental & derived Physical quantities, Unit of physical quantity, systems

of units, fundamental & derived units, S.I units, Basic quantities , their S.I units, & symbols,

supplementary quantities, their S.I units & symbols, Prefixes for multiples & sub multiples with

their symbols, Advantages of S.I units.

Dimensions of a physical quantity examples:- Steps to write dimensions, Dimensional formula

Dimensional equation, Applications of dimensional equation, Limitations

( Disadvantages) of dimensional equations ( analysis).

Measurement:- Principle of vernier, Neat diagram of slide calipers & its parts, Zero error & its

correction, Least count, Reading MSR & VSR (CVD), use of vernier calipers for measurements,

problems on vernier calipers.

Principle of screw & nut ( Micrometer principle ), Neat diagram of screw gauge & its parts,

Zero error, zero correction, Pitch, least count, reading PSR & HSR, use of screw gauge for

measurements, problems on screw gauge.

Unit No 02

Basics of Dynamics ( 6 Hrs)

Recapitulation of equations of motion, Newton’s Ist law of motion, Force, basic forces in motion,

gravitational force, electrostatic force, electromagnetic force, nuclear force, Difference between

strong interaction & weak interaction, Inertia, types of inertia ( inertia of rest, inertia of motion,

inertial of direction ), Momentum, Newton’s IInd law of motion, measurement of force using

second law, simple problems on F = ma and equations of motion, Impulse of force, Impulse as the

product of force and time, also impulse as the difference of momentum, examples of impulse,

simple problems on impulse, Newtons IIIrd law of motion and its examples. Law of conservation

of momentum, Statement, proof of this law using Newton’s laws, simple problems

Friction:- Cause of friction, types of friction, static friction, limiting friction, kinetic friction,

rolling friction, sliding friction,, laws of limiting friction ,coefficient of friction advantages and

disadvantages of friction, preventive methods of friction,

Unit No 03

Basics of Statics ( 6 Hrs):-

Scalar & Vector quantities with examples, geometrical representation of a vector, concurrent &

parallel vectors, Resultant, equilibrium & equilibrant of vectors,

Law of parallelogram of vectors:- Statement, explanation, expressions for magnitude & direction

of the resultant of two concurrent vectors, simple problems, resolution of vectors, explanation,

simple problems, Law of triangle of vectors, explanation, converse of law of triangle of vectors,

law of polygon of vectors, explanation.

Lami,s theorem -Explanation, Experiments to verify law of parallelogram of forces, converse of

law of triangle of forces, & Lami’s theorem. Problems on above laws.

Moment of a force, positive & negative moments, parallel forces, Like & unlike parallel

forces, couple, moment of a couple, practical examples of couple, work done by a couple

( equation only), Resultant of two like & unlike parallel forces, condition of equilibrium of

coplanar parallel forces, Experiment to verify the conditions of equilibrium of co-planar parallel

forces. Problems

Unit No 04

Properties of Solids and Liquids ( 10 Hrs):-

Plasticity and Elasticity, examples, Deformation in bodies by the action of external forces,

Stress, Types of stress, Tensile stress, example, Compressive stress, example, Shear stress,

example, Strain, Types of strain, Tensile strain-examples, Volume strain-examples, Shear strain-

examples, Hooke’s Law, Stress-strain graph with explanation.., Elastic co-efficient Modulus of

elasticity, Young’s modulus of elasticity-formula, Bulk modulus of elasticity-Formula, Rigidity

modulus of elasticity-formula, Explanation of factor of safety Compressibility, Poisson’s ratio

,Experiment to determine Young’s modulus of elasticity by Searle’s method, problems.

Properties of Liquids: Liquid thrust, Pressure, Expression for pressure at a point inside a liquid,

simple problems, Cohesion, Adhesion, nature of meniscus and angle of contact – examples,.

Surface Tension-Explanation, formula unit and dimension, practical examples of surface tension,

applications of surface tension,

Factors affecting surface tension, capillarity and its applications, expression for surface tension in

case of capillary rise, Determination of surface tension by capillary rise method, simple problems.

Viscosity- Explanation with example, viscous force, factors affecting viscosity of gasses and

liquids, co-efficient of viscosity , SI unit and dimensions, Experiment to determine co-efficient of

viscosity by Poisulle’s method, Applications of viscosity, simple problems.

Unit No 05

Heat and properties of gases (5 Hrs):-

Heat, temperature, S.I units, difference between heat and temperature, calorie.

Modes of transform of heat:- Conduction, Convection, Radiation examples, good conductors of

heat & insulators, examples, Applications of conduction, convection & radiation.

Specific heat of a substance S.I unit, Heat capacity ( thermal capacity or specific heat capacity

of body)

Boyle’s law, statement & mathematical form, Gay-Lussac’s law Statement and expression,

Charles law, Statement and expression, Absolute (Kelvin) scale of temperature, conversion

formula to Celsius scale from absolute scale,

Perfect gas equation (combined gas equation), Specific heat of gas at constant volume

(Cv ) Specific heat of gas at constant pressure (Cp ), relation between Cp & Cv

[ (i) ratio of specific heat (ii) Meyer’s relation ( no derivation) ]

Thermodynamics Isothermal process, Adiabatic process. Laws of thermodynamics. Problems on

gas laws.

Unit No 06

Wave motion (12 Hrs)

Vibratory motion, periodic motion, definitions of period, frequency, and amplitude for a vibrating

particle, Simple Harmonic Motion, Explanation of SHM(motion of the foot of the

perpendicular),Obtaining expression for displacement, velocity and acceleration of a body

executing SHM,

Wave Motion- Explanation of a wave and wave motion with examples, definitions of wave

velocity, wave period, wave frequency, and wave length, derivation of V = nλ problems. Types of

waves transverse and longitudinal waves with examples, mechanical and non mechanical waves

with examples. Mode of transfer of longitudinal waves

( sound wave) in air. Velocity sound in a gas, Newton’s assumptions and formula Laplace’s

assumptions and corrected formula. Effect of temperature, pressure and humidity on the velocity of

sound, problems. Stationary waves with examples, characteristics of stationary waves.

Resonance. Explanation of free, forced vibrations with examples. Explanation of resonance,

practical examples of resonance. Experiment to determine velocity of sound in air by resonance air

column method. Problems.

Beats, Beat frequency, applications of beats, problems.

Laws of transverse vibrations of stretched strings statements of the laws with relevant formula.

Experiments to determine frequency of the tuning fork using sonometer by

(i)Absolute method and (ii) Comparison method. Problems

Musical note and Noise:- examples , characteristics of musical note.

Acoustics of buildings Echo, Reverberation, Interference, resonance. Reverberation time.

Sabine’s formula and explanation, absorption coefficient of materials. Remedies for defects.

Unit No 07

Physical Optics (12 Hrs)

Introduction to theories of light, Newton’s corpuscular theory, Huygens wave theory,

Maxwell’s electromagnetic theory, Planck’s quantum theory, Dual nature of radiation.

Interference, theory of interference, Amplitude of resultant wave, condition for constructive

interference, condition for destructive interference, condition for sustained interference, Young’s

double slit experiment, expressions for path difference and fringe width, intensity distribution in

interference fringe, simple problem on fringe width & path difference.

Diffraction, classification diffraction, Fresenel’s diffraction, Fraunhoffer diffraction, difference

between them, Huygen’s principal, wave front, diffraction with white light, difference between

Interference and Diffraction, Concept of resolving power of an optical instrument, Rayleigh

criteria, Resolving power of a microscope, and its expressions in terms of wave length, resolving

power of telescope, expression for resolving power of in terms of wave length, simple problems.

Polarisation:-Introduction, experiment to demonstrate the transverse nature of light.

Representation of polarized and un-polarized light. Plane of vibration and plane of polarization.

Methods of producing plane polarized light. Polarization by reflection, Brewster’s law, Brewster’s

angle, formula for refractive index in terms of Brewster’s angle. Polarization by refraction.

Polaroids, uses of polaroids .

Unit No 08

Modern physics (9Hrs)

Methods of electronic emission

Thermo ionic emission, photoelectric emission, field emission, and secondary emission.

Experiment to study photoelectric effect, Experimental results ( four results). Four laws of

photoelectric emission, Einstein’s photoelectric equation.

Photoelectric cells, Photo emissive cells, Photo voltaic cells, Photo conductive cells. Applications

of photo electric cells. Electron microscope Principal of electron microscope, focusing by

magnetic lens, construction and working, uses of electron microscope, Atomic forced microscope

simple working of atomic forced microscope, advantages of atomic forced microscope over

electron microscope

Scattering of light:- Coherent scattering and incoherent scattering. Explanation of scattering.

Blue color of the sky. Blue color of water. Red color of sun during sun rise and sun set. White

color of clouds. Raman effect. Applications of Raman effect .

Lasers:- Induced absorption, spontaneous emission, stimulated emission. Principal of laser,

population inversion, optical pumping. Properties of lasers. Applications of lasers.

Radio activity:- Introduction, experiment to demonstrate three types of radiations. Properties

of three types of radiations. Applications of radio activity in the field of agriculture, medicine,

biology and geology.

Unit No 09

Engineering chemistry (8 Hrs)

Pollution:- Air pollution, air pollutants ( SO2 , H2S,HF,NO2, CO, dust), harmful effects. Acid

rain and its effects ( basic ideas). Other effects of air pollution, Green house effect, global

warming, effects of global warming, basic ideas, ozone layer, importance , causes of depletion of

ozone layers (no equation). Effects of ozone layer depletion control of air pollution

Water pollution, causes ( sewage, effluents, algae, micro organisms), their harmful effects. Their

control. Sewage problem and disposals

Corrosion, electrochemical theory of corrosion, formation of galvanic cells, concentration cells.

Methods of prevention of corrosion-Alloying, surfaced coating, galvanizing , electroplating,

anodizing, cathodic protection.

PH of a solution, water as weak electrolyte, Hydrogen ions, hydroxyl ions. Acidic solution, basic

solution and neutral solution, concentration of H+ ions. Ionic product of pure of water, ionic

product of acidic, basic and neutral solution. PH scale. PH for neutral acidic and basic solution, PH

values of some important solutions. Applications of PH

First/Second Semister

Subject:APPLIED SCIENCE

code no:

Contact Hours:05Hrs/week Contact Hrs/Semister:80

Unit No.01 UNITS,DIMENSIONS AND MEASUREMENTS (6 Hrs)

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

1.1 To understand the concept of Physical Quantities and their units.

1.2 To understand the characteristics of different physical quantities.

1.3 To use appropriate measuring instruments

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVESS

1.1.1 Define a physical quantity

1.1.2 Distinguish between fundamental and derived physical quantity.

1.1.3 Define unit of a physical quantity.

1.1.4 List different system of units.

1.1.5 List the fundamental units .

1.1.6 List the derived units.

1.1.7 Define S.I units.

1.1.8 List the basic quantities.

1.1.9 Write the basic units and symbols for them.

1.1.10 List the supplementary units and symbols for them.

1.1.11 Write the supplementary units and symbols for them.

1.1.12 Write the prefix for multiples and submultiples in S.I system.

1.1.13 State the advantages of S.I units.

1.2.1 Define dimensions of physical quantity.

1.2.2 Write the examples of dimensions of physical quantities.

1.2.3 State the steps used for writing the dimension of a physical quantity.

1.2.4 Define dimensional equation (dimensional formula) for a physical quantity.

1.2.5 State the advantages of dimensional equation.

1.2.6 State the disadvantages (limitations) of dimensional equation.

1.3.1 Define measurement

1.3.2 List the instruments used to measure accurately.

1.3.3 Define the Least Count of measuring instruments.

1.3.4 Define principle of vernier.

1.3.5 Identify the parts of a slide calipers.

1.3.6 Explain about zero error and its correction in the case of slide calipers.

1.3.7 Define least count of vernier calipers.

1.3.8 Describe the measurement of MSR and VSR (CVD).

1.3.9 State the uses of vernier calipers

1.3.10 Solve measurement problems on vernier calipers.

1.3.11 Define principle of screw and nut (micrometer principle). .

1.3.12 Identify the parts of screw gauge and label its parts.

1.3.13 Explain for writing zero error and zero correction

1.3.14 Define pitch of a screw

1.3.15 Define least count of a screw gauge

1.3.16 Explain measurement of PSR and HSR for screw gauge.

1.3.17 Solve measurement problems on screw gauge..

Unit No.02 BASICS OF DYNAMICS 06 Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

2.1 To revise equation of motion learnt in high school classes and to apply them to

Solve problems.

2.2 To comprehend Newton’s laws of motion.

2.3 To understand friction.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

2.1.1 Review four equations of motion

2.1.2 State the meaning of the quantities involved in equations

2.1.3 Solve problems on equations of motion

2.2.1 State Newton’s First law

2.2.2 Define force

2.2.3 Define gravitational force.

2.2.4 Define electrostatic force.

2.2.5 Define electromagnetic force.

2.2.6 Define nuclear force.

2.2.7 Differentiate between strong and weak interaction.

2.2.8 Define inertia.

2.2.9 Define intertia of rest.

2.2.10 Give examples for inertia of rest.

2.2.11 Define inertia of motion.

2.2.12 Give examples of inertia of motion.

2.2.13 Define inertia of direction.

2.2.14 Give examples of inertia of direction.

2.2.15 Define momentum.

2.2.16 State Newton’s Second law of motion.

2.2.17 Review F= ma

2.2.18 Solve problems on F= ma

2.2.19 Define impulse as a product of force and time.

2.2.20 Write S.I unit and dimensions of impulse.

2.2.21 Obtain impulse as a difference of momentum.

2.2.22 Write examples for impulse.

2.2.23 Solve problems on impulse.

2.2.24 State Newton’s Third law

2.2.25 Give examples for Third law.

2.2.26 State law of conservation of momentum.

2.2.27 Prove the law of conservation of momentum using Newton’s laws.

2.2.28 Solve simple problems.

2.3.1 Define friction.

2.3.2 Point out the causes of friction.

2.3.3 List the types of friction.

2.3.4 Define static friction.

2.3.5 Define limiting friction.

2.3.6 Define kinetic friction.

2.3.7 Define rolling friction.

2.3.8 Define sliding friction.

2.3.9 State four laws of limiting friction.

2.3.10 Define coefficient of friction.

2.3.11 Write the advantages of friction.

2.3.12 Write the disadvantages of friction.

2.3.13 Discuss the preventive method of friction.

Unit No. 03 BASICS OF STATICS 06 Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

3.1 To understand the composition, resolution and equilibrium of vectors.

3.2 To understand moment of a force , couple and parallel coplanar forces.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

3.1.1 Define a scalar quantity with examples.

3.1.2 Define a vector quantity with examples.

3.1.3 Represent a vector quantity geometrically.

3.1.4 Define concurrent and nonconcurrent vectors.

3.1.5 Define resultant of a two or more concurrent vectors (forces).

3.1.6 Define equilibrium of vectors.

3.1.7 Define equilibrant.

3.1.8 Write the relation between resultant and equilibrant .

3.1.9 State and explain the law of parallelogram of vectors.

3.1.10 Obtain expressions for the magnitude and direction of the resultant of two vectors acting at

a point.

3.1.11 Explain resolution of vectors.

3.1.12 Solve problems on parallelogram law and resolution of vectors.

3.1.13 State and explain the converse of the law of triangle of vectors.

3.1.14 State and explain the law of polygon of vectors.

3.1.15 State and explain Lami’s theorem .

3.1.16 Describe experiments to verify the law of parallelogram of vectors and the converse of the

law of triangle of vectors and Lami’s theorem.

3.1.17 Solve problems on law of triangle of vectors,Lami’s theorem.

3.2.1 Define moment of force.

3.2.2 Write S I unit and dimensions of it.

3.2.3 Define positive and negative moment of force.

3.2.4 Define couple and moment of a couple.

3.2.5 Write practical applications of couple.

3.2.6 Define like and unlike parallel forces.

3.2.7 Explain the resultant of like parallel forces.

3.2.8 Explain the resultant of unlike parallel forces.

3.2.9 Explain the condition of equilibrium of number of coplanar parallel forces.

3.2.10 Describe an experiment to verify the conditions of equilibrium of parallel coplanar forces.

3.2.11 Solve problems on parallel forces.

Unit No.04 PROPERTIES OF SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS 10 Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

4.1 To understand the properties of solids.

4.2 To understand the properties of liquids.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

4.1.1 Explain solid as a state of matter.

4.1.2 Explain meaning of “deformation “ with examples.

4.1.3 Define elasticity with examples.

4.1.4 Explain the meaning of elastic limit.

4.1.5 Define plasticity with examples.

4.1.6 Define stress.

4.1.7 Write S.I unit and dimensions of stress.

4.1.8 Define Tensile stress with examples.

4.1.9 Define Volume stress with examples.

4.1.10 Define Shear stress with examples.

4.1.11 Define strain.

4.1.12 Define Tensile strain with examples.

4.1.13 Define Volume strain with examples.

4.1.14 Define Shear strain with examples.

4.1.15 State Hooke’s law.

4.1.16 Explain limitations of Hooke’s law.

4.1.17 Draw stress versus strain graph.

4.1.18 Explain the features of the graph.

4.1.19 Define coefficient of elasticity,(Modulus of elasticity)

4.1.20 Write formula of modulus of elasticity.

4.1.21 Define Young’s modulus and write its formula.

4.1.22 Write its S.I unit and dimensions.

4.1.23 Define Bulk modulus and write its formula .Write its SI unit and dimensions.

4.1.24 Define Rigidity modulus and write its formula.

4.1.25 Write its SI unit and dimensions.

4.1.26 Define factor of safety.

4.1.27 Write its formula.

4.1.28 Describe an experiment to determine Young’s modulus of a material using Searle’s

apparatus.


4.2.1 Explain liquid as a state of matter.

4.2.2 Define Thrust and write its SI unit.

4.2.3 Define pressure and write its SI unit.

4.2.4 Derive an expression for the pressure at a point inside a liquid at rest.


4.2.6 Define adhesive forces with example.

4.2.7 Define cohesive forces with an example.

4.2.8 Explain the nature of meniscus with examples.

4.2.9 Define angle of contact with examples.

4.2.10 Explain surface tension on the basis of molecular theory.

4.2.11 Define surface tension.

4.2.12 Write the formula,SI unit and dimensions of it.

4.2.13 Give examples for the existence of surface tension.

4.2.14 Explain the factors affecting the surface tension.

4.2.15 Write the applications of surface tension.

4.2.16 Define capillary rise and capillarity.

4.2.17 Obtain an equation for surface tension in case of capillary rise.

4.2.18 Describe an experiment to determine surface tension of water by capillary rise method.


4.2.20 Explain the concept of friction in a liquid flow

4.2.21 Explain viscous force.

4.2.22 Define viscosity.

4.2.23 Explain the factors affecting viscous force.

4.2.24 Define coefficient of viscosity.

4.2.25 Write SI unit and dimensions of coefficient of viscosity.

4.2.26 Discuss the effect of temperature on viscosity of liquids and gases.

4.2.27 List the applications of viscosity.

4.2.28 Describe an experiment to determine viscosity of water by poissulle’s method.

Unit No.05 HEAT AND PROPERTIES OF GASES 05Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

5.1 To understand Heat and Temperature.

5.2 To study modes and Transmission of heat and their applications.

5.3 To study the specific heat of a substances.

5.4 To study gas laws and specific heat of gas.

5.5 To understand laws of Thermodynamics.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

5.1.1 Define heat.

5.1.2 List the sources of heat.

5.1.3 Define temperature.

5.1.4 Explain different scales of temperature.

5.1.5 Write the differences between heat and temperature.

5.1.6 Define calorie.

5.1.7 Define SI unit of heat - joule.

5.2.1 List the different modes of transmission of heat.

5.2.2 Define conduction.

5.2.3 List the applications of conduction.

5.2.4 Define good conductors of heat and insulators.

5.2.5 List the uses of good conductors and insulators,

5.2.6 Define convection.

5.2.7 Explain two types of convection.

5.2.8 List the applications of convection.

5.2.9 Define radiation.

5.2.10 List the applications of radiation.

5.3.1 Define and explain specific heat of substance.

5.3.2 Obtain the equation for specific heat of substance and write its SI unit.

5.3.3 List the values for specific heats of few materials commonly used.

5.3.4 Solve simple numerical problems on equation for specific heat.

5.4.1 State Boyle’s law.

5.4.2 Write the expressions of Boyle’s law.

5.4.3 State Charle’s law and write its mathematical expression.

5.4.4 State Gay-Lussac’s law and write its mathematical expression.

5.4.5 Explain the Absolute scale of temperature on the basis of Charle’s law ,give its graphical

representation.

5.4.6 Obtain combined gas equation and perfect gas equation.

5.4.7 Solve problems

5.4.8 Define specific heat of a gas at constant volume( Cv).

5.4.9 Define specific heat of a gas at constant pressure (Cp).

5.4.10 Write the relation between Cp and Cv ( i)ratio of specific heat. (ii) Meyer’s relation ( no

derivation.)

5.5.1 Define Isothermal process and Adiabatic process with reference to gas.

5.5.2 State First law of thermodynamics.

5.5.3 Write the mathematical expression of First law of thermodynamics.

5.5.4 State the Second law of thermodynamics.

5.5.5 List the application of Second law of thermodynamics.

Unit No.06 WAVE MOTION 12 Hrs

GNERAL OBJECTIVES

6.1 To understand Simple Hormonic Motion.

6.2 To understand wave motion.

6.3 To understand stationary waves ,resonance and beats.

6.4 To study transverse vibrations of stretched strings.

6.5 To know musical note and noise.

6.6 To study acoustics of buildings.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

6.1.1 Define vibratory motion with examples.

6.1.2 Define periodic motion with examples.

6.1.3 Explain and define Simple Hormonic Motion.

6.1.4 Obtain an expression for displacement,velocity and acceleration or a particle executing

SHM

6.1.5 Define period,frequency,amplitude in the case of vibrating particle.

6.2.1 Explain wave and wave motion with example.

6.2.2 Explain mechanical waves and electromagnetic waves with examples.

6.2.3 Define transverse waves with example.

6.2.4 Define longitudinal waves with example.

6.2.5 List the differences between transverse waves and longitudinal waves.

6.2.6 Define wave frequency,wave period,wave length,wave velocity,wave amplitude for a

wave.

6.2.7 Derive the relation V=nλ

6.2.8 Solve problems on the relation.

6.2.9 Explain propagation of sound in air.

6.2.10 Explain Newton’s assumptions for the velocity of sound in air (gas) and write formula.

6.2.11 Explain Laplace’s assumption for velocity of sound in air.

6.2.12 Write Newton - Laplace formula for the velocity of sound in a gas.

6.2.13 Discuss the effect of pressure ,temperature, humidity on the velocity of sound.

6.2.14 Solve problems on Newton - Laplace formula.

6.3.1 Define stationary waves.

6.3.2 List the characteristics of stationary waves.

6.3.3 Define free vibrations with examples.

6.3.4 Define forced vibrations with examples.

6.3.5 Define resonance with examples.

6.3.6 Describe an experiment to determine the velocity of sound in air at room temperature and

zero degree celsius by resonance air column method.


6.3.8 Define beats,beat frequency.

6.3.9 State applications of beats. Solve problems.

6.4.1 Explain the transverse vibrations of stretched strings.

6.4.2 State the three laws of transverse vibration of stretched strings with relevant formula.

6.4.3 Describe an experiment to determine the frequency of tuning fork by comparison method

using sonometer.

6.4.4 Describe an experiment to determine the frequency of tuning fork by absolute method

using sonometer.


6.5.1 Define musical note,noise.

6.5.2 List the differences between musical note and noise.

6.5.3 List the characteristics of musical note.

6.6.1 Explain acoustics with regards to buildings.

6.6,2 List the different types of defects of acoustics in buildings.

6.6.3 Define Echo,Reverberation,Intereference,Resonance.

6.6.4 Define Reverberation time.

6.6.5 Define absorptive coefficients of materials.

6.6.6 Write Sabine’s formula and explain the notations.

6.6.7 List the different remedies for defects.

6.6.8 Solve problems on Sabine’s formula.

Unit No.07 PHYSICAL OPTICS 12Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

7.1 To understand various theories of light.

7.2 To understand the concept of Interference.

7.3 To understand the concept of Diffraction .

7.4 To understand the concept of Polarisation.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

7.1.1 Explain Newton’s corpuscular theory.

7.1.2 Explain Huygen’s wave theory.

7.1.3 Explain Maxwell’s Electromagnetic theory.

7.1.4 Explain Planck’s quantum theory.

7.1.5 Explain dual nature of radiation (light).

7.2.1 Define interference.

7.2.2 Obtain the equation for resultant displacement.

7.2.3 Derive the equation for amplitude of the resultant wave.

7.2.4 Discuss the conditions for constructive interference.

7.2.5 Discuss the conditions for destructive interference.

7.2.6 List the conditions of sustained interference.

7.2.7 Explain Young’s double slit experiment.

7.2.8 Obtain expression for path difference.

7.2.9 Obtain expression for fringe width.

7.2.10 Explain the intensity distribution in interference fringe.

7.2.11 Solve simple problems on fringewidth and path difference.

7.3.1 Define diffraction.

7.3.2 Define Fresenel diffraction and Fraunhoffer diffraction.

7.3.3 Differentiate Fresenel diffraction and Fraunhoffer diffraction.

7.3.4 Explain Huygen’s principle related to wavefront.

7.3.5 Explain diffraction with white light.

7.3.6 Differentiate between interference and diffraction.

7.3.7 Explain the concept of resolving power of an optical instrument.

7.3.8 Explain Rayleigh’s criteria on resolving power.

7.3.9 Define limit of resolution and resolving power of a microscope.

in terms of wave length.

7.3.10 Define resolving power of a Telescope.

7.3.11 Write the formula for resolving power of Telescope interms of wavelength.

7.3.12 Solve simple problems.

7.4.1 Define Polarisation.

7.4.2 Describe an experiment to demonstrate the transverse nature of light.

7.4.3 Represent unpolarised and polarized light geometrically.

7.4.4 Define plane of vibration.

7.4.5 Define plane of polarization,..

7.4.6 Explain the method of polarization by reflection.

7.4.7 State Brewster’s law. Define Brewster’s angle.

7.4.8 Obtain equation for refractive index interms of Brewster’s angle.

7.4.9 Explain the method of polarization by refraction.

7.4.10 Explain the method of polarization by double refraction.

7.4.11 Explain polaroids.

7.4.12 List the use of polaroids.

Unit No.08 MODERN PHYSICS 09 Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

8.1 To understand the emission of electrons.

8.2 To know the scattering of light.

8.3 To understand Lasers.

8.4 To understand radio-activity.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

8.1.1 Explain thermionic emission.

8.1.2 Explain photoelectric emission.

8.1.3 Explain Field emission.

8.1.4 Explain secondary emission.

8.1.5 Define photoelectric effect.

8.1.6 Describe an experiment to study photoelectric effect. Explain experimental results.

8.1.7 State four laws of photoelectric emission.

8.1.8 Write photoelectric equation.

8.1.9 Explain the quantities involved in it.

8.1.10 Explain photoemissive cell.

8.1.11 Explain photovoltaic cell.

8.1.12 Explain photoconductive cell.

8.1.13 List the applications of photoelectric cells.

8.1.14 Explain the principle of electrons microscope.

8.1.15 Explain the method of focusing by magnetic lens.

8.1.16 Explain the construction and working.

8.1.17 List the uses of electron microscope.

8.1.18 Explain the working of Atomic Focus Microscope.

8.1.19 Write the advantages of Atomic Focus Microscope.

8.2.1 Explain coherent scattering.

8.2.2 Explain incoherent scattering.

8.2.3 Explain the blue colour of the sky and blue colour of water.

8.2.4 Explain the red colour of sun during sunrise and sunset.

8.2.5 Explain the white colour of cloud.

8.2.6 Explain Raman Effect.

8.2.7 Write the applications of Raman Effect

8.3.1 Define laser .

8.3.2 Explain Induced absorption.

8.3.3 Explain spontaneous emission and stimulated emission.

8.3.4 State the principle of Laser.

8.3.5 Explain population inversion and optical pumping.

8.3.6 List the properties of laser.

8.3.7 Write the applications of laser.

8.4.1 Explain radioactivity with examples.

8.4.2 Describe an experiment to demonstrate three types of radiations.

8.4.3 Write the properties of alpha,beta and gamma rays.

8.4.4 List the agricultural ,medical,biological and geological applications of lasers.

Unit No.09 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 08 Hrs

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

9.1 To understand pollution, its harm full effects and preventive measures.

9.2 To comprehend water pollution, its harm full effects and preventive measures.

9.3 To understand different types of corrosion and preventive measures.

9.4 To comprehend pH of solution , pH scale and applications of pH.

.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

9.1.1 Define pollution.

9.1.2 List air pollutants.

9.1.3 Write the harmfull effects of air pollution.

9.1.4 Explain acid rain and its effects.

9.1.5 Explain green house effect.

9.1.6 Explain global warming.

9.1.7 List the effects of global warming.

9.1.8 Explain ozone layer and its importance.

9.1.9 List the cause of depletion of ozone layer(without any equation).

9.1.10 List the effects of ozone layer.

9.1.11 Discuss the control of air pollution.

9.2.1 Explain water pollution,

9.2.2 Discuss the causes of water pollution.(seweage,effluents,algai,micro-organisms).

9.2.3 Explain methods of control of sewage problems and disposals.

9.3.1 Define corrosion.

9.3.2 Explain the causes of corrosion.

9.3.3 Describe different types of corrosion.(i)electrochemical theory of corrosion.

(ii) Formation of galvanic cells.(iii)concentration cells

9.3.4 Explain the preventive measures of corrosion.

i.by alloying ii.by surface coating iii.by galvanizing iv.by electroplating

v.by anodizing vi.by cathodic protection.

9.4.1 Explain water as a weak electrolyte.

9.4.2 Explain nature of solution on the basis of (H+) ion and (OH¯) ion concentrations.

9.4.3 Explain ionic product of pure water.

9.4.4 Define neutral,basic and acidic solutions.

9.4.5 Define pH of a solution.

9.4.6 Define neutral basic and acidic solution by using pH.

9.4.7 Give the pH values some solutions

9.4.8 Write the applications of pH solution.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Applied Science –By W.R. Neelakanta , Sapna Publications

2. Applied Science –By N N Banavasi, S Chand Publications

3. First PUC and Second PUC Physics Text Books – by different authors..

4. Text book of physical chemistry by P.L.Soni publisher S.Chand and Co.

5. Essentials of physical chemistry by B.S.Bhal and G.B.Tuli,

6. Text bookof physical chemistry by K.K.Sharma and L.K.Sharma, Vikas publication house.

7. Applied Science for polytechnics- by different authors.

APPLIED SCIENCE

TABLE OF SPECIFICATION FOR QUESTION PAPER SETTING

Unit No No Hrs in

curriculum

No of

subdivisions

of 5 marks

each to be

answered

Total

marks to

be

answered

No of

subdivisions

of 5 marks

to be set

Total

marks

to be set

Section

A

01 06

05 25 07 35 02 06

03 06

Section

B

04 10

07 35 11 55 05 05

06 12

Section

C

07 12

08 40 12 60 08 09

09 08

Total 20 100 30 150

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION- KARNATAKA

MODEL QUESTION PAPER

APPLIED SCIENCE

Time:3Hrs Max Marks:100

Note: 1) Answer any 05 subdivisions from Section A, any 07 sub divisions

from Section B and any 08 subdivisions from Section C

2) Each subdivision carries 5 marks.

Section A (Answer any 05 subdivisions)

1. a) What is meant by Least count of a measuring instrument

Write dimensions of density

Write the S.I. unit of a acceleration 2 + 2 + 1

b) State and prove the law of conservation of momentum 2 + 3

c) State Newton’s Second law of motion.

A body of mass 2kg is moving with a velocity of 2m/s. If its velocity changes to

5m/s in 10 seconds on application of a constant force, calculate the acceleration of

the body & Impulse on it. 2 + 3

2. a) Write a neat diagram of screw gauge & name its parts 3 + 2

b) State the law of parallelogram of vectors.

Obtain an expression for the magnitude of the resultant of two

Vectors acting at a point. 2 + 3

3. a) Describe an experiment to verify Lami’s theorem 5

b) Define Moment of a force.

Three forces 3kgwt, 7kgwt & 15kgwt, acting at a point are in equilibrium.

Calculate the angle between first two forces. 2 + 3

Section B (Answer any 07 subdivisions)

4. a) Define stress.

Differentiate between plasticity and elasticity with examples. 2 + 3

b) Define Young’s Modulus

Write 3 applications of capillarity 2 + 3

c) Describe an experiment to determine surface tension of water by

capillary rise method 5

5. a) Distinguish between specific heat of a substance & heat capacity of a body.

Write two applications of convection. 2 + 3

b) Define surface tension and angle of contact.

Write 3 applications of viscosity. 2 + 3

c) Derive PV = mRT with usual notations 5

6. a) Define SHM

Obtain an expression for the velocity of a vibrating body executing SHM 2 + 3

b) Describe an experiment to determine velocity of sound in air at room temperature,

using Resonance Air Column apparatus. 5

c) What is resonance?

Write 3 practical examples of resonance. 2 + 3

7. a) Describe an experiment to determine the frequency of the tuning fork

using sonometer by comparison method. 5

b) The frequency of a sonometer wire is doubled when the tension is increased

by 12 kgwt. Calculate the original tension of the wire. 5

Section C (Answer any 08 subdivisions)

8. a) What is interference of light?

Write three differences between Interference & diffraction. 2 + 3

b) Obtain an expression for the path difference in Young’s double slit experiment.

5

c) In a double slit experiment light of wave length 5500 Å is used. Find the

path difference & phase difference for the fourth dark fringe from the

centre of the pattern. 5

9. a) State Brewster’s law.

Obtain an expression for the refractive index of a material in terms of

Brewster’s angle. 2 + 3

b) What is polarization?

Explain the method of polarization by refraction 2 + 3

c) What is photoelectric emission?

Write any three experimental results on the study of photoelectric effect.

2 + 3

10. a) Explain the focusing the magnetic lens in an Electron microscope

Write 3 uses of Electron microscope. 2 + 3

b) What is Raman effect.

Explain stimulated emission in Laser. 2 + 3

c) What is radio activity?

Describe an experiment to demonstrate 3 types of radiations. 2 + 3

11. a) What is an acid rain? Write 3 harmful effects of it. 2 + 3

b) What are the causes of water pollution?

Explain any one method of controlling sewage problem. 2 + 3

c) How does a “ Concentration cell” work?

Write three applications of PH. 2 + 3

0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0

GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATIONS

First/Second SemesterDiploma APPLIED SCIENCE LAB (COMMON TO ALL COURSES) SUBJECT CODE:

Group A

Experiment No Aim of the experiment

01 To determine the volume of the given solid cylinder using Slide calipers

02 To determine the volume of the given Hollow cylinder using Slide calipers

03 To determine the thickness of the glass and metal plate using Screw gauge

04 To determine the volume of thin wire using Screw gauge & sample wire

05 To determine the volume of small rigid ball using Screw gauge

06 To verify the law of Parallelogram of vectors

07 To verify the converse of law of triangle of vectors

08 To verify the Lami’s theorem

09 To verify two conditions of equilibrium of coplanar parallel forces

Group B

10 To determine Young’s Modulus of the material of the wire using Searle’s App

11 To determine Surface Tension of water by capillary rise method

12 To determine the frequency of the given tuning fork using sonometer by

comparison method

13 To determine the frequency of the given tuning fork using sonometer by

absolute method

14 To determine velocity of sound in air at room temperature & at 0°C a by

Resonance Air Column method

15 To determine coefficient of Viscosity of water by Poisulle’s method

Most Important instructions to examiners

i) While setting two experiments in the examination for each candidate, one experiment

should be chosen from group A and another must be from group B

ii) While setting two experiments, large number of combinations to be made covering

most of the experiments

iii) The scheme of valuation given below must be strictly followed.

Scheme of valuation

Record 05 Marks

Oral 15 Marks

Planning ( Includes observation, Tabular column, Formula) 20 Marks ( 10 marks x 2 expt)

Conducting ( Includes skill in arrangement, handling of app,

& readings)

40 Marks ( 20 marks x 2 expt)

Calculation and result 20 Marks ( 10 marks x 2 expt)

Total 100 Marks

Department of Technical Education Diploma Course in Polymer Technology

Second Semester Subject: ME AutoCAD Lab (Mech)


Details of Contents

1 Introduction 3 2 Getting Started 3 3 Drawing Objects 15 4 Object Selection and Drawing Aids 6 5 Controlling Drawing Display 3 6 Creating Text 6 7 Editing Objects/Entities 9 8 Dimensioning 9 9 Hatching 3

10 Blocks 3 11 Isometric Drawing 18 12 Printing/Plotting of a Drawing 6 13 Introduction to 3D-Modelling 6

Tests 6 96 Note: Please refer the following text books for selecting the exercises to be Practised by using CAD software only 1) Machine Drawing by K.R.GopalaKrishna 2) Machine Drawing by N.D.Bhatt. Also 3D exercises to be practised




General Educational Objectives:

1 Understanding the role of Computers in Machine Drawing 2 Interacting with CAD 3 Learning to draw Entities 4 Using the means of Drawing Enhancement 5 Focusing the viewing techniques 6 Dealing with text 7 Minding about Modifying 8 Demystifying the Dimensioning 9 Deciding to Hatch

10 Building the Blocks 11 Representing the Objects in Isometric way 12 Realising the Paper space for printing 13 Stepping into 3D world

Specific Instructional Objectives:

1 Introduction 1.1 Introduction to Computers 1.2 Introduction to operating system 1.3 System requirements for AutoCAD

2 Getting Started 2.1 Starting AutoCAD 2.2 Starting New Drawing 2.3 Understanding the Interface 2.4 Co-ordinate system 2.5 Set-up for a drawing 2.6 Saving the drawing 2.7 Quitting AutoCAD

3 Drawing Objects 3.1 points 3.2 Lines

3.3 Arcs 3.4 Circles 3.5 Regular Polygons 3.6 Rectangles 3.7 Polylines 3.8 Doughnuts 3.9 Traces 3.10 Simple exercises involving the combination of above sketches

4 Object Selection and Drawing Aids 4.1 Units 4.2 Limits 4.3 Grid 4.4 Snap 4.5 O snap 4.6 Functional Keys 4.7 Layers

5 Controlling Drawing Display 5.1 Redraw 5.2 Regeneration 5.3 Zoom 5.4 Pan 5.5 View

6 Creating Text 6.1 Text 6.2 Dtext 6.3 Mtext 6.4 Style 6.5 Editing Mtext 6.6 Simple exercises involving the combination of above commands

7 Editing Objects/Entities 7.1 Removing 7.2 Displacing 7.3 Duplicating 7.4 Orientation 7.5 Controlling Sizes 7.6 Changing Sizes along one direction 7.7 Filleting and Chamfering

7.8 Simple exercises involving the above commands

8 Dimensioning 8.1 Basic dimensioning terminology 8.2 Linear dimensioning 8.3 Aligned dimensioning 8.4 Rotated dimensioning 8.5 Baseline dimensioning 8.6 Ordinate dimensioning 8.7 Leader 8.8 Geometric tolerancing 8.9 Indicating Surface finishing symbols 8.10 Simple exercises involving the above dimensioning methods

9 Hatching 9.1 Drawing Hatch 9.2 Associative Hatch 9.3 Editing Hatch 9.4 Simple exercises on the above commands

10 Blocks 10.1 Concept 10.2 Creation 10.3 Insertion 10.4 Editing 10.5 Renaming 10.6 Deleting 10.7 Attributes

11 Isometric Drawing 11.1 Concept 11.2 Creating Isometric drawings of Mechanical Parts

12 Printing/Plotting of a Drawing

13 Introduction to 3D-Modelling 13.1 Types 13.2 Techniques 13.3 Co-ordinate System 13.4 UCS



Max. Marks: 100 Scheme of Examination: 1 Drawing exercise may be any one from the following

2D Sketch of a Mechanical Part 30

Isometric Drawing of a Mechanical Part 45

2 Printing the Drawing/Model views 10 3 Viva 15 Total 100 Scheme of Evaluation 1 2D sketch may be evaluated as follows

a) Autocad Sketch 20

b) Dimensioning of the Sketch 10

Isometric Drawing may be evaluated as follows

a) Isometric view/projection 25

b) obtaining different views 10

c) dimensioning of the view 10

2 Printing both the drawings 5+5 3 Viva voce 15 Total 100

Contact hrs/week : 2hrs Theory+4hrs Sketching & Practice Contact hrs. / Sem:96

Sl. No. Topics hrs alloted1 Introduction to CAD 152 Section of Solids 123 Section of Machine Parts 124 Development of surfaces 185 Projection of orthographic views to Isometric Projec 156 Fasteners 127 Limits, Fits, Tolerances and Surface Finish 68 Tests 6

Total 96

Subject Contents1 Introduciton to CAD

Introduciton to software interfaceStandard toolbar/menusUnderstanding the co-ordinate systems-2D and 3DVisulisationSetting the Paper sizes and inserting the title blocksDrawing tools/commandslne, arc, circle, rectangle, polygons, ellipse, polyline, splines, text,duplicating commandscopy, mirror, offset, arraysModifying commandsmove, extend, break, trim, lengthen, chamfer, fillet..etc.,changing the properties of graphic entitiescreation of blocks and groupsconstraintshorizontal, vertical, parallel, concentric, perpendicular, symmetricequal, collinearprinting and plotting

2 Section of SolidsSectional views of cube ,prisms and pyramids like square ,pentagonal hexagonal. Cone and cylinders resting with base on HP with axis parallel or perpendicular to HP only

3 Section of Machine PartsNeed for sectioningSectional veiws,Cutting plane , Type of Sections ,Full section,Half section , Top half in section Bottom Half in section, Right Half in section ,Left half in section, Revolved section, Offset sectionLocal section,Thin section and hatching section.Practice on sectioning.

4 Development of surfacesImportance of development of surfaces in sheet metal worksDevelopments of surfaces of following solids - cube ,prism,pyramid,cylindercone, truncated cylinders and conesDevelopment drawings of the following :3.1 Tray3.2 Funnel3.3 Elbow of 90 degree3.4 Rectangular ductPractice on developments

5 Projection of orthographic views to Isometric Projection Isometric axis,Isometric lines, Isometric planes , Non Isometric lines, Isometric scale

Diploma Course in Polymer TechnologySecond Semester

Subject Title: Computer Aided Engineering Graphics

To distinguish between Isometric view and Isometric projection .Isometric views of rectangles ,circles and objects like cube ,prism,pyramidcone,frustum of cone,cylinder,sphere and built up solidsIsometric viewsof machine parts like bearing block,step block, V-blockfork lines,shaft brackets when orthographic views are given

6 FastenersTemporay fastenings - screw threads,bolts and nutsScrew threads - coventional symbols for representation of internal and External threads- metric threads - left hand and right hand - multi starts tghreadsDrawing the three view of Hexagonal nut and square nutDraw the two views of a hexagonal headed bolt with hexagonal nut and washerDraw the two views of a squre headed bolt with squre nutDraw the veiws of various locking nutsSketch the rivet and rivetting joints- single rivitted lap joint , double rivetted joint(chain and zig-zag), single cover plate ,single and double rivetted butt joint,Doublecover plate butt rivetted joints.

7 Limits, Fits, Tolerances and Surface FinishLimits, Fits, Tolerances, different types of fits hole based system, shaft based systemselection of fits and applications,Types of tolerence,indication of tolerences,surface quality symbols.

Reference books

1 Elementary engineering drawing : N.D.Bhatt2 Engineering Drawing : K.R. Gopal krishna3 Fundamentals of engineeing drawing : R.K. Dhawan4 Computer Aided Engineering Drawing - S. Trymbaka Murthy56 Engineering Drawing : I.S. Morries7 Step by step engineering drawing : Vee Ess8 Engineering graphics : Verges

Scheme of Examination1 Chapter 1 & Chapter 7 is only for practice and internal assessment and not for examination2 Internal Assessment may be calculated as follows - 10 marks for Worksheets(Lab Record), 10 marks fo

(Best of Two Tests) & 05 marks for Attendance (as per BTE Norms)3 Three questions must be set by the practical examiner as per the following pattern

Q. No. From Chapters1 Chapter 2 or Chapter 32 Chapter 4 or Chapter 53 Chapter 6


Q. No. Solutions & Sketching on Answer BookExecution of Drawing on Computer

Printout Total Marks

1 10 Marks 15 Marks 5 Marks 302 20 Marks 15 Marks 5 Marks 403 10 Marks 15 Marks 5 Marks 30

Total 40 Marks 45 Marks 15 Marks 100

Note: 1This Syllabus is common to Mechanical , Automobile, HPT, MTT, WSM, IT (Mech), Chemical, Metallurgy Aeronautical & Polymer Technology and this subject is to be taught by respective department faculties.

2 The practical may be taught using any suitable softwares like Autocad, Solidedge, Unigraphics, Catia etc3 This information is available in the DTE official Website http://dte.kar.nic.in

Total 100

Fundamentals of engineering drawing with an introduction to interactive computer graphics for design

Marks Alloted304030

Contact hrs/week : 4 Contact hrs. / Sem: 64

Sl. No. Topics Hrs alloted

1 Sources of energy 32 Properties of metals 33 Ferrrous metals 84 Non ferrous metals 65 Heat treatment of steels 66 Friction and lubrication 67 Transmission of power 88 Fasteners 69 Bearings 610 Welding, Soldering and Brazing 811 Tests and revisions 4

Total 64

1 Sources of Energy 31.1 renewable & non-renewable energy sources1.2 solar energy, wind energy, hydro energy, tidal energy, geo thermal energy

2 Properties of metals 32.12.2 Ductility, hardness, toughness, brittleness, impact, ,elastisity,plastisity etc

3 Ferrous metals 83.1 Principal ferrous metals3.2 Cast iron and steel3.3 Cast iron - manufacturing using cupola3.4 Types of cast iron, composition, properties and 3.5 Steel - grades of steel and their composition3.6 Manufacturing of steel using bessemer convertor 3.7 Alloying of steel and its purpose

3.8Composition and uses of - Nickel steel, 18/8 stainless steel, HSS, Manganese steel

4 Non Ferrous metals 64.1 principal non-ferrous metals4.2 properties and uses of non-ferrous metals-

copper, aluminium, zinc, tin, lead, cobalt, nickel, 4.3 composition, properties & uses

4.3.1 copper alloys- brass & bronze4.3.2 brass- montz metal, white brass, yellow brass4.3.3 bronze- bell metal, gun metal & phosphor bronze4.3.4 aluminium alloys- aluminium bronze, duralumin4.3.5 magnesium alloys- dove metal & electron metal4.3.6 nickel alloys- monel metal, nichrome4.3.7 lead base alloys4.3.8 tin base alloys- babitt metal4.3.9 zinc base alloys- bearing metals

5 Heat treatment of steels 65.1 purpose of heat treatment5.2 heat treatment processes- annealing, normalising,

hardening, tempering, nitriding, cyaniding5.3 engineering applications of the above processes

Subject Title: Mechanical Engineering Science

Subject Content

Meaning of chemical, thermal, electical, magnetic and mechanical properties

6 Friction & Lubrication 66.1 introduction6.2 definition & types of friction6.3 coefficient of friction6.4 angle of friction & friction angle6.5 laws of solid friction6.6 effect of friction6.7 necessity of lubrication6.8 properties of different types of lubricants6.9 methods of lubrication

6.10 splash, wick, screw cap & needle lubricators

7 Transmission of Power 87.1 introduction7.2 types of power transmission7.3 flat belt drives- open & cross belt drives7.4 velocity ratio, slip & creep7.5 simple problems 7.6 fast & loose pulley7.7 cone or stepped pulley, jockey or idler pulley7.8 v belt drive-advantages & limitations7.9 rope drive- advantages & limitations

7.10 chain drive- advantages & limitation7.11 gear drive7.12 types of gears-spur, helical, bevel, worm & worm wheel, rack & pinion

8 Fasteners 68.1 Intorduction8.2 classification8.3 screw thread terminology8.4 V- threads,square threads, Metric threads,Acme Threads8.5 single & Multistart threads8.6 Right & Lefthand threads8.7 Bolts & Nuts8.8 LockNut8.9 Locking devices- split pin,Screw pin,plate & spring washer

9 Bearing 69.1 Need of bearings9.2 Types- Bush,Pedestal, Footstep bearings9.3 Ball and roller bearings-needle bearing, thurst bearing9.4 Advantages and disadvantages of ball and roller bearings

10 Welding , Soldering and Brazing 810.1 Introduction to Welding 10.2 Classification of welding 10.3 Applications of welding 10.4 Arc welding 10.5 Gas welding 10.6 Introduction to Soldering and Brazing 10.7 Comparison of welding with Soldering and Brazing

General Objectives1 To know the different solar energy sources and their applications 2 To know the different uses of metals with their properties 3 To know ferrous metals and their preparation and types4 To know the different nonferrous metals and their types with applications 5 To know the importance of heat treatment and its proceses6 To know about the friction and lubrication proceses 7 To know the diferent modes of transmission of power and applications8 To know the different fastening members and their applications9 To know the importance of bearings and their types

10 To understand the proceses of welding, brazing and solding and their applications

1 appreciate the uses of different sources of energy1.1 define renewable and non- renewable energy

1.2differentiate renewable and non-renewable sources of energy

1.3 list the advantages and limitations of the above1.4 explain solar energy1.5 state application of solar energy1.6 explain wind energy and state its application1.7 list advantages and disadvantages of wind energy1.8 explain the application of hydro energy1.9 explain the application of tidal energy

1.10 expalin the application of geo- thermal energy

22.1 name the metals used in industries2.22.3 know the importance of the above properties

3 appreciate the use of ferrous metals in industries3.1 list the principal ferrous metals3.2 sketch and explain cupola3.3 know the manufacturing of cast iron3.4

3.5 know the manufacturing of steel by Bessemmer converter process

3.6 state the composition and uses of various grades 3.7 define alloying and state its purpose3.8

4 appreciate the use of non-ferrous metals in 4.1 list different non-ferrous metals used in industries4.24.3 state the composition, properties & uses of

4.3.1 copper alloys- brass & bronze4.3.2 brass- montz metal, white brass, yellow brass4.3.3 bronze- bell metal, gun metal & phosphor bronze4.3.4 aluminium alloys- aluminium bronze, duralumin4.3.5 magnesium alloys- dove metal & electron metal4.3.6 nickel alloys- monel metal, nichrome4.3.7 lead base alloys4.3.8 tin base alloys- babitt metal4.3.9 zinc base alloys- bearing metals

4.3.10

5 state the objectives of heat treatment of steel5.1

6know the role of friction and lubrication in machine elements

6.1 define force of friction6.2 state laws of solid friction6.3 identify the need for lubrication6.4 list types of lubrication6.5 list the properties of lubricants6.6 list the types of lubricators6.7

7 understand transmission of power in machines

list the types of cast iron with composition, properties and uses

state the composition, properties and uses of nickel steel, chromium steel,

state the properties and uses of copper, zinc, aluminium, lead, tin, cobalt,

discuss the engineering application of the above non-ferrous alloys

explain annealing, normalising, hardening, tempering, nitriding, cyaniding

explain wick lubricator, splash lubrication, screw cap lubricator, needle

specific instructional objectives:

appreciate the use of different metals in mechanical engineering

define chemical, magnetic, electrical, thermal & mechanical properties of

7.1 list the types of transmission of power7.2 explain open and cross belt drive7.3 define velocity ratio7.4 state the effect belt thickness and slip on velocity 7.57.6 explain the advantages of v-belt drive over flat 7.7 list the advantages and disadvantages of rope 7.8 list the advantages and disadvantages of chain 7.9 list the types of gear drives

7.107.11

8 appreciate the application of fasteners8.1 define fastener and fastening8.2 classify fasteners8.3 classify threaded fasteners8.4 explain screw thread terminology

8.58.6 explain single and multi start thread8.7 explain right and left hand thread8.8 explain the principle of lock nut8.9

9 discuss the importance of bearings in industries9.1 classify bearings9.2 explain bush bearings and state its industrial 9.3 explain plummer block and state its industrial 9.4 explain foot step bearing9.5

10 Explain the welding and its concepts10.1 Classification on the basis of fusion and non fusion ,pressure and non pressure .10.2 Different areas of use of welding10.3 Principle of Arc welding(with sketch) including all equipments ,preparation ,precautions and procedure10.4 Principle of Gas welding(with sketch) including all equipments ,preparation ,precautions and procedure10.5 Explain the clear concepts of soldering and brazing 10.6 Comparison of welding ,soldering and brazing

Reference books

1 mechanical Engineering science- K. R. Gopala 23 elements of mechanical engineering- K.R.Gopala 4 engineering materials- Hajra Choudary5 engineering materials- Rangawala6 engineering materials- Roy & Choudary7 Materials & metallurgy- J.K. gupta

Sl. No. COURSES Hrs alloted

Total marks for questions to be

Total marks for questions to be attempt

elements of mechanical engineering- K.P. Roy & Hajra Choudary

QUESTION PAPER PATTERN AND MARKS DISTRIBUTION

Subject Title: Mechanical Engineering ScienceFirst Semester

explain the use of cone pulle, idler pulley and fast & loose pulley in belt drive

expain the use of spur, helical, bevel, worm & worm wheel, rack & pinion types of gear drivessolve simple problems on velocity ratio and slip in flat belt drives

explain application of v -thread, metric thread, square thread & acme thread in the field of engineering

explain the locking of nut using split pin, screw pin, plate and spring washer

discuss the types of antifriction bearings with engineering application

UNIT- Ifour fill in the blanks has to be set, each carrying one mark 4 4UNIT- II

1 Sources of energy 32 Properties of metals 33 Ferrrous metals 84 Non ferrous metals 6

UNIT- III5 Heat treatment of steels 66 Friction and lubrication 67 Transmission of power 8

UNIT- IV8 Fasteners 69 Bearings 6

10 Welding, Soldering and Brazing 8 48 32Total 148 100

Board of Technical examinations, Bangalore Mechanical Engineering

Duration: 3 Hrsmax marks

100

UNIT I

Fill in the blanks with appropriate word 1x4 = 11 ___________ is an example of renewable energy

2Welding has been classified as __________ type of fastener

3________ pulley is being used to increase the velocity ratio of the belt drive

4 Cupola furnace is used to manufacture

UNIT II

1 3b) Write short note on Wind energy 5

8

2 a) Define alloy and state the purpose 3b) state the properties and uses of non ferrous 5c) explain ductility, malleability, plasticity and 8

3 a) list various grades of steel 35

c) explain with neat sketch the manufacturing process of steel by Bessemmer Convertor 8

UNIT III

4 a) List the need of heat treatment of steel 3

b) Write short note on copper

48 32

Model Question Paper

Answer Unit I and any two full questions from each of the remaining units

a) Differentiate between renewable and non-renewable energy sources

c) Sketch and explain Cupola Furnace

48 32

b) explain effect of belt thickness on velocity ratio 5c) In a open belt drive, the driving pulley diameter is 0.6m and is running at 1200rpm. The driven pulley diameter is 0.2m. Determine speed of the driven pulley, velocity ratio if the thickness of the 8

5 a) List the advantages of v belt over flat belt 3b) List the properties of good lubricants 5c) With neat sketch explain screw cap lubricator 8

6 a) list the advantages and disadvantages of chain 3b) with neat sketch expalin rack and pinion 5c) Explain annealing and tempering process 8

UNIT IV

7 3b) explain screw thread terminology 5c) with neat sketch explain locking of nut using 8

8 a) list the classification of bearings 3b) explain bush block 5c) with neat sketch explain different types of gas 6

9 a) List precautions to be followed in arch welding 3b) explain different applications of gas welding 5c) explain with neat sketch the princple of arc 8

a) define fastener and fastening

r Test

y,

c.,

Applied Mathematics – II Page 1 of 11

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION –

KARNATAKA

SUBJECT: APPLIED MATHEMATICS – II

For II - Semester

DIPLOMA COURSES OF ALL BRANCHES

Contact hour per week: 04 Contact hour per Semester: 64

UNIT NO. CHAPTER TITLE CONTACT

HR.

DIFFERENTIATION CALCULUS 1 LIMITS 6

2 DIFFERENTIATION 16

3 APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIATION 6

INTEGRAL CALCULUS

4 INDEFINITE INTEGRATION 14

5 DEFINITE INTEGRATION 4

6 APPLICATIONS OF DEFINITE INTEGRATION 2

7 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12

8 TESTS AND ASSIGNMENTS 4

TOTAL HOUR 64

REFFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Applied Mathematics –II By W.R Neelakanta. Sapna Publications.

2. Applied Mathematics –II By Dr. D S Prakash S Chand Publications

3. Text Books of PUC-2 mathematics.

4. Applied Mathematics –II for Polytechnics- By different Authors.

5. Engineering Mathematics.


QUESTION PAPER BLUE PRINT

FOR APPLIED MATHEMATICS – II

UN

IT N

O.

HO

UR

Questions

to be set (2

Marks)

PART- A

Questions

to be set (5

Marks)

PART- B

Questions

to be set (5

Marks)

PART- C

Questions

to be set (5

Marks)

PART- D

1 6 2 2 - -

2 16 4 6 - -

3 6 2 2 - -

4 14 4 - 6 -

5 4 3 - 1 -

6 2 - - 1 - 7 12 - - - 6

TOTA

L

64 15 10 08 06

Questions to

be answered 10 07 05 04

APPLIED – MATHEMATICS – II

Marks No. of Questions No. of Questions

to be set to be Answered

Part A 2 X 10 = 20 15 10

Part B 5 X 07 = 35 10 07

Part C 5 X 05 = 25 08 05

Part D 5 X 04 = 20 06 04

Total = 100


Diploma Courses of All Engineering Branches

II Semester

Sub: Applied Mathematics II

CONTENTS

UNIT – 1: LIMITS. 6 Hr.

Variables and Constants. Definition of function. Types of function: Direct and

Inverse functions, Explicit and implicit function, Odd and even functions (Definition

with examples). Concept of x tends to ‘a’. Definition of limit of a function. Problems

on limit of a function by factorization, rationalization when x tend to ‘0’, when x tend

to ‘∞’ and x tend to ‘a’. Derivations of algebraic and trigonometric limits. Problems.

Standard limit (only statement)

( ) enenx

ea

x

an

n

n

n

x

xe

x

x=+=

+=

−=

−

→→→→

1

0001lim 4.

11lim3. 1

1lim.2 log

1lim.1

Simple problems on standard limits.

UNIT – 2: DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS. 16 Hr.

Definition of increment and increment ratio. Definition of derivative of a

function. Derivatives of functions of xn, sinx, cosx and tanx with respect to ‘x’ from

first principle method. List of standard derivatives. Rules of differentiation: Sum,

product and quotient of functions. Problems on rules. Derivatives of function of a

function (Chain rule). Derivatives of inverse Trigonometric functions, Hyperbolic

functions and inverse of hyperbolic functions, Implicit functions, Parametric

functions. Problems. Logarithmic differentiation. Problems. Successive differentiation

up to second order. Problems.

UNIT – 3: APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIATION. 6 Hr.

Geometrical meaning of derivative. Equation of tangent and normal to the

curve y = f(x) at a given point. Derivative as a rate measure. Definition of increasing

and decreasing function. Maxima and minima of a function.

UNIT – 4: INTEGRAL CALCULUS. 14 Hr.

Definition of Integration. List of standard integrals. Rules of integration (only

statement)

problems. Integration by substitution method. Problems. Integrals of functions

involving a2 + x2 , a2 – x2 and their radicals. Some important integrals of the type

== g(x)dxf(x)dxdxg(x)f(x) 2. .)()(.1 dxxfkdxxkf


proof. with sin 2. tan1

.1 1

22

1

22c

a

x

xa

dxc

a

x

aax

dx+

=

−+

=

+

−−

proof) no 7 to3 ( sec1

7.

cosh 6. .0 a if log2

1 5.

.0 x if log2

1 4. sinh.3

1

22

1

2222

22

1

22

ca

x

aaxx

dx

ca

x

ax

dxxc

xa

xa

axa

dx

acax

ax

aax

dxc

a

x

xa

dx

+

=

−

+

=

−+

−

+=

−

+

+

−=

−+

=

+

−

−

−

Integrals of the forms:

++

+

++

+

++++ Problems. dx. ,dx , ,

2222cbxax

qpx

cbxax

qpx

cbxax

dx

cbxax

dx

Integration by parts. Rule of integration by parts. Problems.

Integration of the forms: ( ) Problems. dx)(ff(x) 1x

+ xe

UNIT – 5: DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 4 Hr.

Definition of Definite integral. Theorems on definite integrals. Problems.

Definite integrals of the type Problems. tan1

1 ,

tan1

12

0

2

0 ++

dxx

dxx

UNIT – 6: APPLICATIONS OF DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 2 Hr.

Find area, volume and r m s value of a function. Problems.

UNIT – 7: DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. 12 Hr.

Definition, example, order and degree of differential equation with examples.

Formation of differential equation by eliminating arbitrary constants up to second

order. Solution of D E of first degree and first order by variable separable method.

Solution of differential equations reducible to variable separable form. Linear

equations and its solution. Solution of differential equations reducible to linear form-

Bernoulli’s form. Homogeneous form and its solution. Solution of differential

equations reducible to homogeneous form. Exact differential equation and its solution.

Solutions of differential equation of a type

problems. Simple constants. are c b, a, where,02

2

=++ cydx

dyb

dx

yda


GENERAL AND SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

UNIT – 1: LIMITS. 6 Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

1.1 To understand variables, constants and functions.

1.2 To know the indeterminant form and evaluation of limit of a given function.


1.1.1 Explain calculus as calculation of Infinitesimal values.

1.1.2 Define Independent, dependent variable and constants with examples.

1.1.3 Define a function.

1.1.4 List types of functions.

1.1.5 Define 1. Direct and inverse functions 2. Explicit and Implicit function

3.Odd and even function with examples.

1.2.1 Explain the concept of x tends ‘a’.

1.2.2 Define limit of a function.

1.2.3 Solve problems on limit of a function by factorization.

1.2.4 Solve problems on limit of a function by rationalization.

1.2.5 Solve problems on limit of a function when x tends INFINITY.

1.2.6 Deduce

radiansin is where1sin

lim

number. rationalany for lim

0

1

=

=−

−

→

−

→

nnn

axna

ax

ax

1.2.7 Solve problems on above results.

1.2.8. Write formula for standard limits(statement only).

( )n

nx

e

x

nenx

ea

x

a 1

0nn0x0x1lim

11lim 3. 1

1lim 2. log

1lim1. +==

+=

−=

−

→→→→

1.2.9 Solve simple problems on above results.

UNIT – 2: DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS. 16 Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

2.1 To understand the differentiation of a function in terms of limit of a function.

2.2 To know different methods of differentiation.

2.3 To know the derivatives of higher order up to second order.



2.1.1 Define increment and increment ratio.

2.1.2 Define differentiation.

2.1.3 Derive the differential co-efficient (dy/dx).

2.1.4 Derive differentiation of a functions from first principle method xn , Sinx, Cosx

and Tanx with respect to ‘x’.

2.1.5 State derivative of ex and log x.

2.2.1 State rules of differentiation: Derivatives of Sum, Product and quotient of

function.

2.2.2 Solve problems on rules of differentiation.

2.2.3 Obtain the derivatives of function of a function (Chain Rule), Inverse T-

functions, Implicit functions & Parametric functions

2.2.4 Solve problems on above types.

2.2.5 Carry out logarithmic Differentiation

2.2.6 Solve problem of the type xx , ax , x Sin x, x 1/x etc.,

2.3.1 Obtain the second derivative of a function.

2.3.2 Solve problems on Successive differentiation.

UNIT -3: APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIATION. 6Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

3.1 To understand dy/dx as slope of a tangent.

3.2 To illustrate dy / dx as a rate measure.

3.3 To understand maxima and minima of a function.


3.1.1 Explain geometrical meaning dy / dx as a slope of tangent.

3.1.2 Find equation of tangent and normal to a curve y = f(x) at a given point.

3.1.3 Solve problems on tangent and normals.

3.2.1 Explain derivative as a rate measure.

3.2.2 Obtain velocity and acceleration for a moving body whose equation of motion

is given.

3.2.3 Solve problems on rate measure including variation of area, volume etc.,

3.3.1 Define increasing and decreasing function.

3.3.2 State the condition for maxima and minima of a function, no proof.

3.3.3 Find maximum and minimum values of a function.

UNIT – 4: INTEGRAL CALCULUS. 14 Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

4.1 To know integration as converse process of differentiation.

4.2 To understand indefinite integral.


4.1.1 Define integration as anti derivative.

4.1.2 List of standard integrals.

4.1.3 State rules of Integration.


4.1.4 Solve the problems on rules of integration.

4.2.1 Explain integration by substitution method.

4.2.2 Solve problems on substitution method.

4.2.3 Derive . sin 2. tan1

.1 1

22

1

22c

a

x

xa

dxc

a

x

aax

dx+

=

−+

=

+

−−

4.2.4 Write

proof) no 7 to3 ( sec1

7.

cosh 6. .0 a if log2

1 5.

.0 x if log2

1 4. sinh.3

1

22

1

2222

22

1

22

ca

x

aaxx

dx

ca

x

ax

dxxc

xa

xa

axa

dx

acax

ax

aax

dxc

a

x

xa

dx

+

=

−

+

=

−+

−

+=

−

+

+

−=

−+

=

+

−

−

−


4.2.5 Write

++

+

++

+

++++ dx. ,dx , ,

2222cbxax

qpx

cbxax

qpx

cbxax

dx

cbxax

dx


4.2.6 Explain the rule integration by parts.

4.2.7 Solve problems of the type x sinx, x2 Cos x, (ax + b) ex, x sin2x, log x, ex sinx,

x log x etc.,

4.2.8 Solve problems of the type ( ) dx)(ff(x) 1x

+ xe

UNIT – 5: DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 4 Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

5.1 To understand the concept of definite integral to eliminate constant of

integration.


5.1.1 State, a b f(x) dx as a definite integral.

5.1.2 State theorems on definite integrals.

5.1.3 Solve the problems of the same type as in indefinite integral using limits of

integration.

5.1.4 Solve definite integrals of the type tan1

1 ,

tan1

12

0

2

0 ++

dxx

dxx

UNIT – 6: APPLICATIONS OF DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 2 Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.


6.1 To understand definite integral as a tool to find area under the curve, volume

of solid of revolution and r m s value of a function.


6.1.1 Explain definite integral as a limit of sum (statement).

6.1.2 Write the formulae for finding area, volume and r m s value of a function.

6.1.3 Solve problems on above applications.

UNIT – 7: DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. 12 Hr.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

7.1 To understand the concept of differential equation.

7.2 To solve differential equation for unknown functions.


7.1.1 Define differential equation with examples.

7.1.2 Define Order and Degree of D E with examples.

7.1.3 Formation of D E by eliminating arbitrary constants.

7.2.1 Obtain the solution of D E by variable separable method.

7.2.2 Solve problems on variable separable method.

7.2.3 Obtain the solution of D E by Reducible to variable separable method – Solve

problems.

7.2.4 Obtain the solution of linear D E of the type QPydx

dy=+ --solve problems.

7.2.5 Obtain the solution of D E by Reducible to linear form (Bernoulli’s form) –solve

problems.

7.2.6 Obtain the solution of D E by Homogeneous form – solve problems.

7.2.7 Obtain the solution of D E by Reducible to homogeneous form – solve problems

7.2.8 Obtain the solution of Exact D E --- solve problems.

7.2.9 Obtain the solution of D E of the type ,02

2

=++ cydx

dyb

dx

yda -- Solve simple

problems only.

*************************************************


BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION – KARANATAKA


Code:

APPLED MATHEMATICS –II ( FOR ALL COURSES)

Time: 3 Hrs

Maximum marks:100

NOTE: i) Answer any 10 questions in section A, 7 questions in section B

5 questions in section C, & 4 questions in D

ii) Each question carries 2 marks in section A

iii) Each question carries 5 marks in remaining section

SECTION – A

1. Evaluate 2

20

sin 3lim

tan 4x

x

x→

2.Evaluate3

42

8lim

16x

x

x→

−

−

3. Find dy

dx if y = 1 –cos4x

4. Find dy

dx if x2 + y2 = a2

5. Find dy

dx if x = a sinθ and y = a cosθ

6. Find the slope of a tangent to the curve y = x2+6x – 7 at point ( 1, –2)

7. If s = 4t2 – 4t + 6 then find velocity when t = 2second

8. Evaluate tanx xe e dx

9. Evaluate 2sin x dx

10 Evaluate cos (1 4 )ec x dx−

11. Evaluate

4

0

1dx

x

12. Evaluate2

0

sin x dx


13. Evaluate 2

2

0

tan x dx

14. Evaluate2

sin

cos

xdx

x

15. Show that( )xd a

dx = ax loge a

SECTION – B

1. Prove geometrically 0

sinlim

→

2. Evaluate0

3sin 2 5lim

4 tanx

x x

x x→

−

−1 xdy

edx

+ =

3. Find the derivative of tanx w.r.to x form the first principle

4. If y = ex ( sinx – cosx ), find dy/dx.

5. If y = 2 3sinh

3 2cosh

x

x

+

+, find dy/dx

6. If xcoy + ysin(x/y) = k find dy/dx.

7. Find dy/dx if x = a(cosθ + θ ) and y = a ( 1 – sinθ )

8. If y = sinx cosx, find dy/dx.

9. Find the equations of tangent and normal to the curve y2 = 9x at ( 1, - 3 )

10. Find the maximum and minimum value of the fuction 2x3 - 12 x2 + 18x + 5.

SECTION – C

1. Evaluate 3sin x dx

2. Evaluate 2 6 13

dx

x x− +

3. Evaluate 2 sinx x dx

4. Evaluate 2

2 3

8 2

xdx

x x

+

− −

5. Evaluate 2

3

0

cos x dx


6. Evaluate .logx x dx

7. Evaluate 4

2 1

xdx

x +

8. find the area bounded by the curve y = 4x – x2 – 3 and x-axis.

SECTION – D

Solve the following equations;

1.sec2x tany dx + sec2y tanx dy= 0

2. y (1 + x) dx + x (1 + y) dy = 0

3. (y3 – 3x2y ) dx – (x3 – 3xy2 ) dy = 0

4. ( 3y – 7x + 7 ) dx + ( 7y – 3x + 3 ) dy = 0

5. ( 2x + y + 1 ) dx + ( x + 2y + 1 ) dy = 0

6. ey 1 xdye

dx

+ =

0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0

THIRD SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN POLYMER TECHNOLOGY

Scheme of study and examination

(With effect from 2010-11)

Sl

No

Subject

code

Theory Subjects

Contact Hours

EXAM

DURATION

Scheme of examination

Total

marks

Min

marks

for

passing

Theory Pract Total

Max

marks

Min

marks

I.A.

marks

1

Physical Chemistry

(Common to Polymer

& chemical )

4 ….. 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

2

Elements of Chemical

Eng.

(Chemical Board)

4 ….. 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

3 Polymer Science 4 …. 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

4 Mould Technology 4 …. 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

Drawing/Practicals

5

Parametric Modelling

Laboratory

(Mechanical Board)

….. 6 6 3 100 35 25 125 60

6 Chemical Engg Lab

(Chemical Board)

…. 6 6 3 100 35 25 125 60

7 Chemistry Lab-1

(Common to Polymer

& chemical )

….. 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

Total 16 18 34 700 175 875 360

Government of Karnataka

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION

BANGALORE

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING/ POLYMER TECHNOLOGY

III SEMESTER

SUBJECT : PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

CODE : No. of Hrs/Week – 04

No. of Hrs/Sem – 64

CONTENTS

SECTION – I

TOPICS 18 hrs

I BASICS OF PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

1. Laws of Chemical combinations 2 hrs

2. Gas Laws 3 hrs

3. Kinetic theory of gases 3 hrs

4. Equivalent weights of elements 3 hrs

5. Emperical formula and molecular formula 2 hrs

6. Percentage composition of compounds 2 hrs

7. Determination of molecular weights of compounds 3 hrs

SECTION – II

CATALYSIS 4 hrs

1. Catalyst and Catalysis 2 hrs

2. Enzyme Catalysis 1 hr

3. Applications of Catalysis to industries 1 hr

THERMOCHEMISTRY 6 hrs

1. Concept of enthalpy thermochemical equations 1 hr

2. Excothermic and endothermic reactions 1 hr

3. Enthalpies of – Reactions - formation - solution

- Combustion – neutralization-phase change 2 hrs

4. Law’s of Thermochemistry

- Hess’s law of constant heat summation

- Lavioser and Laplace law 2 hrs

CHEMICAL EQULIBRIUM 8 hrs

1. Reversible and irreversible reaction 1 hr

2. Law of massaction 1 hr

3. Chemical equilibrium & equilibrium constant 1 hr

4. Application of law of massaction 2 hrs

5. Le-chatelers Principle 1 hr

6. Free energy and free energy change 1 hr

7. Entropy and entropy change 1 hr

SECTION - III

CHEMICAL KINETICS 10 hrs

1. Rate of reaction and rate constant, the factors influencing 2 hrs

rate of reaction

2. Temperature co-efficient 1 hr

3. Arrhenius theory for energy of activation 2 hrs

4. Order and molecularity 2 hrs

5. Derivation of first order reaction rate constant 1 hr

6. Half life period 2 hrs

ELECTROCHEMISTRY 10 hrs

22. Acids and bases and their properties 1 hr

23. Arrhenius theory - Bronsted-Lowry concept G.N.Lewis concept 2 hrs

24. PH and PH scale 1 hr

25. Buffers and their importance 1 hr

26. Electrode potential 1 hr

27. Single electrode potential 1 hr

28. Hydrogen electrode 1 hr

29. Glass Electrode 1 hr

30. Electrochemical series and their importance 1 hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES :

On completion of each concept student must be able to understand the concepts and

apply the knowledge to solve problems related to each concept.

1. Laws of Chemical combinations

2. Gas Laws

3. Kinetic theory of gases

4. Equivalent weights of elements

5. Emperical formula and molecular formula

6. Percentage composition of compounds

7. Determination of molecular weights of compounds

4. Catalystand Catalsis

5. Enzyme Catalysis

6. Applications of Catalysis to industries

5. Concept of enthalpy thermochemical equations

6. Excothermic and endothermic reactions


- Combustion – neutralization-phase change



- Lavioser and Laplace law

9. Reversible and irreversible reaction

10. Law of mass action

11. Chemical equilibrium & equilibrium constant

12. Application of law of mass action

13. Le-chatelers Principle

14. Free energy and free energy change

15. Entropy and entropy change

16. Rate of reaction and rate constant, the factors influencing

rate of reaction

17. Temperature co-efficient

18. Arrhenius theory for energy of activation

19. Order and molecularity

20. Derivation of first order reaction rate constant

21. Half life period

22. Acids and bases and their properties

23. Arrhenius theory - Bronsted-Lowry concept G.N.Lewis concept

24. PH and PH scale

25. Buffers and their importance

26. Electrode potential

27. Single electrode potential

28. Hydrogen electrode

29. Glass Electrode

30. Electrochemical series and their importance

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES :

I Basics of Physical Chemistry

Introduction of Physical Chemistry and its Concepts

1.00 Laws of chemical combinations

1.01 Statement of Laws of chemical combination and illustrate with suitable examples

1.02 Law of conservation of energy

1.03 Law of constant (definite) proportion by mass

1.04 Law of multiple proportion by mass

1.05 Law of reciprocal proportion by mass

1.06 Gay Lussac Law of combining volumes

1.07 Gas laws and their importance

1.08 State and explain Boyle’s law

1.09 State and explain Charles law

1.10 State and explain combined gas law

1.11 State and explain Avogadro’s law and Avogadro Number

1.12 State and explain Grahm’s law of diffusion

1.13 State and explain Dalton’s law of partial pressures

1.14 Ideal gas equation

1.15 Postulates of kinetic theory gases

1.16 Deduction of PV =1/3mnc2

1.17 Deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour

1.18 Vander waal’s equation for real gases

1.19 Equivalent weights of elements

1.20 Determination of equivalent weight of magnesium by hydrogen displacement

method

1.21 Determination of equivalent weight of copper by oxide method

1.22 Determination of equivalent weight of lead by chloride method

1.23 Emperical formula and molecular formula of compounds

1.24 Percentage composition of constituent elements of a compound

1.25 Derive the relationship between vapour density and molecular weight of volatile

compound

1.26 Determination of molecular weight

a) Oxygen by aspirator method

b) Carbondioxide by direct collection method

c) Acetone by victor meyer’s method

SECTION – II 18 Hrs

2.00 Catalyst’s and catalysis

2.01 Definition of catalyst and catalysis

2.02 Characteristics of catalyst

2.03 Types of catalysts – positive catalyst, negative catalyst & auto catalyst

2.04 Catalytic promoters and catalytic poisons – active centres

2.05 Homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis – active centres

2.06 Theories of catalysis – Intermediate compound formation – collision theory

2.07 Energy profile diagram of catalytic reaction

2.08 Enzyme catalysis

2.09 Characteristics of enzyme catalysis

2.10 Industrial application of catalysts

3.00 Thermochemistry

3.01 Concept of enthalpy intrinsic and extrinsic energy

3.02 Thermochemical equations with state function

3.03 State and illustrate exothermic and endothermic reactions

3.04 State with example enthalpy of reaction - enthalpy of formation - enthalpy of

solution - enthalpy of combustion - enthalpy of neutralization - enthalpy of phase

change

3.05 Laws of thermochemistry – Lavioser Laplace law

– Hess’s law of constant heat summation

3.06 Solving problems on thermochemistry

4.00 Chemical equilibrium 8 hrs

4.01 Reversible and irreversible reactions

4.02 State and explain law of mass action

4.03 Explain chemical equilibrium and equilibrium constant

4.04 Application of law of mass action to the synthesis of :

i) Ammonia ii) Sulphur trioxide iii)Nitric Oxide

4.05 Explain Le-Chatilier’s Principle

4.06 Explain Gibb’s free energy –free energy change – Standard free energy change

4.07 Explain entropy and entropy change

4.08 Relationship between standard free energy change and equilibrium constant

4.09 Criteria of spontaneity and equilibrium in terms of S and G and H

SECTION –III

5.00 Chemical Kinetics

5.01 Definition of chemical kinetics

5.02 Rate of chemical reaction

5.03 Rate constant of chemical reaction

5.04 Factors influencing rate of reaction- nature, concentration- catalyst – temperature,

pressure- radiation

5.05 Temperature co-efficient of reaction

5.06 Effective collision

5.07 Arrhenius theory of energy of activation

5.08 Transition state theory

5.09 Molecularity of a reaction – unimolecular – bimolecular reaction- termolecular

reaction – examples

5.10 Pseudounimolecular reaction

5.11 Order of reaction – zero order – first order – examples

5.12 Difference between order and molecularity

5.13 Derivation of the equation for the rate constant of a first order reaction

5.14 Half life period

5.15 Relationship between half life period and order of reaction

6.00 Electrochemistry

6.01 Differences between electronic conduction and electrolytic conduction theories

6.02 Acids and bases – Arrhenius theory – Bronsted – Lowry concept – Lewis acid base

concept

6.03 Properties of acids and bases

6.04 Hydrogen ion concentration

6.05 Concept of PH and PH scale

6.06 Pk values of common fluids

6.07 Calculation of PHvalues of pure water- acids and bases

6.08 Pk values of weak acid and weak bases

6.09 Buffer solution – buffer action

6.10 Calculation of a PH values of buffer solution

6.11 Importance of buffer solution

6.12 Definition of neutralization and hydrolysis

6.13 Explain electrode potential

6.14 Single electrode potential – standard electrode potential – Nernst equation for

electrode potential

6.15 Explain standard hydrogen electrode (construction & working)

6.16 Construction and working of glass electrode

6.17 Explain electro chemical series and its importance.

……………………………………………………………………………………

Books for reference:

1. Text Book of Physical Chemistry – Glass Ton

2. Essentials of Physical Chemistry- B.S. Bhal, G.D. Tuli

3. Text Book of Engg Chemsitry- S.S. Dara

4. Physical Chemistry – Shilbe, Alberty, Bawindi

5. I.SC Chemistry – Vol-I & Vol II – R.D.Madan, bist,

6. Physical Chemistry – A.S. Pahari

7. Takins Physical Chemistry – Takins & Depela

8. Text Book of Physicakl Chemistry – A.S. Kalagi

9. A Text Book ofPhysical Chemistry-A.L. Sony

10. Principls of Physical Chemistry – Puri Sharma & Dathaniya

11. Text Book of PUC- by any Author

……………………………………………………………………………………..

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

WEIGHTAGE AND SCHEME OF SYLLABUS FOR PAPER SETTING

Sections Main Topic Hrs Qns. to be set Qns. to be Answered

Main

Questions

Max.

Marks

Main

Questions

Max.

Marks

Q 1 Objective & Short Notes answer 1 10 1 10

Section I Basics of physical chemistry 18 3 45 2 30

Section II Catalysts & catalysis

Thermochemistry

Chemical equilibrium

4

6

8

3

45

2

30

Section III Chemical Kinetics

Electro Chemistry

10

10

3 45 2 30

Seminar 04

Test 04 10 145 7 100

Total 64 9



Bangalore

III SEMESTER

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

(For chemical Engineering/Polymer Technology branches)

Time :3 hrs Marks – 100


Note : Question No. 1 is compulsory. Answer any TWO

full question in each section-I,II &III..

Q1. a) Fill in the blank 5+5=10

i) Gaylussac’s law explains constant …………

ii) General gas equation PV=………..

iii) Catalyst which increase the rate of reaction is called ……….

iv) A chemical reaction which takes place in both the direction is called …….

v) In electrolytes, conduction is due to the movement of ……….

b) Write a short note on enzyme catalysis.

Q 2. a) State any two laws of chemical combinations & explain with examples 5

b) Define empirical formula and molecular formula of a compound 4

c) Describe and experiment to determine the equivalent weight of magnesium by

hydrogen displacement method 6

Q 3. a) State any three gas laws. 6

b) Determine the percentage composition of the elements present in the following

Compounds i) Ag NO3 ii) CuSO4 4

c) How do you determine the molecular weight of oxygen by aspirator bottle

method ? Describe. 5

Q 4. a) Write the postulates of kinetic theory of gases 5

b) State i) Avogadros law ii) Graham’s law of diffusion 4

c) Describe chloride method of equivalent weight determination of lead metal 6

SECTION – II

Q 5. a) Define : i) Catalyst ii) Enthalpy iii) Chemical equilibrium 6

b) Write the characteristics of catalysts 5

c) Illustrate exothermic and endothermic reactions 4

Q 6. a) Define enthalpy of : i) Solution ii) Combustion 4

b) State law of mass action, write the chemical equilibrium constant for A+BC+D 5

c) State the two laws of thermochemistry and explain with suitable reaction 6

Q 7. a) State Le-chatelier’s Principle. Briefly explain the effect of added concentration

of the reactant on equilibrium constant of the reaction 4

b) Mention the criteria required for a spontaneous reaction. Show Gibbs free

energy change related with entropy change and enthalpy change 5

c) Explain the terms :i) Catalyst of catalyst ii) Catalytic poison iii) Active centres 6

SECTION – III

Q 8. a) What are acids and bases? Explain on the basis of three theories 6

b) Define single electrode potential. Write a neat diagram of standard hydrogen

electrode and explain. 5

c) Write the differences between order and molecularity 4

Q 9. a) What are the factors which influence the rate of reaction. Brief each 6

b) Give an account of buffers and their importance. 5

c) What is an electrochemical series of elements. Give the significance of

reduction potential of electrochemical series. 4

Q 10. a) Define : i) Half life period of a reaction ii) Temperature Co-efficient 4

b) How are the chemicals classified into acids and bases? Explain on the basis

of PH values 5

c) Explain the terms: 6

i) Pseudounimolecular reaction

ii) Energy of activation

iii) Degree of hydrolysis



BANGALORE

THIRD SEMESTER

DIPLOMA IN POLYMER TECHNOLOGY

SUB: ELEMENTS OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

CODE:

No. of Hours per week : 4

No. of Weeks per semester : 16

Total No. of Hours per semester : 64

Scheme of Instruction and Examinations:

Subject Instruction Examination

ELEMENTS OF

CHEMICAL

ENGINEERING

Hours

/ week

Hours /

semester Assessment Marks

4 4X16=64 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125

Topics and allocation:

UNIT TOPIC TIME

(Hrs)

I FLOW OF FLUIDS 12

II MIXING, AGITATION, CONVEYING 10

III HEAT TRANSFER, DRYING 18

IV SIZE REDUCTION, VALVES 10

V PROCESS CALCULATIONS 10

Revision, Test 4

Total 64

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT-I

FLOW OF FLUIDS:

Definition of fluids –Compressible & Incompressible fluids-Physical properties of fluids-density-

viscosity-specific gravity-fluid static’s-pressure concept-Manometer- U tube manometer-Inverted U

tube manometer-inclined manometer-Differential manometer-simple problems on U tube

manometer, Fluid flow phenomenon-Laminar and turbulent flow- Reynolds experiment- Bernoulli’s

theorem- Bernoulli’s equation- applications of Bernoulli’s theorem- Simple problems on

Bernoulli’s theorem. Flow measuring devices-Orifice meter- Venturi meter- Pitot tube- Rota meter-

Weirs and notches- their construction- working and applications.

UNIT-II

MIXING, AGITATION & CONVEYING

Purpose of agitation- Agitation equipments-Impellers-Propellers- Paddles & Turbines- their

operational characteristics and application- Flow patterns in agitated vessels- swirling and vortex

formation and their prevention by baffles and draft tubes etc. Solid –solid mixing- Equipments for

mixing –Tumbling _ Double arm Kneaders- Ribbon blenders- Banbury mixer- Planetary mixer –

Mixers for dry powders-heir performance and applications. Conveying of solids- Principles- Types

of conveyors- Belt conveyors- Bucket conveyor- Bucket elevators- Screw conveyor- Pneumatic

conveyor- Fields of application.

UNIT-III

HEAT TRANSFER & DRYING

Modes of heat transfer- Fourier’s law of heat transfer – Thermal conductivity –Heat transfer

through single flat wall- compound walls – convection –Temperature gradient-Overall co-efficient-

Natural and forced convection- Log mean temperature difference – Heat transfer equipments-

Double pipe heat exchanger- Shell & Tube heat exchanger- Finned tube heat exchanger- their

construction, their working and application.

Drying- Principles –Definition of terms – Wet basis moisture content- Dry basis moisture content-

Equilibrium moisture content- Bound moisture- Unbound moisture- free moisture- Batch drying-

Drying characteristics- Constant rate and falling rate drying –Mechanism of moisture movement

within the solid- Drying equipment- Try dryer- Rotary dryer- Drum dryer- Spray dryer- Equipment

description- and operations.

UNIT –IV

SIZE REDUCTION, VALVES

Size reduction: Principles and applications – Machines- Crushers: Jaw crusher- Grinders- Ball mill-

Ultra fine grinders- Hammer mill-Fluid energy mill.

Valves: Rotary valve- Needle valve – Gate valve- Globe valve- Check valve –their construction,

working and applications.

UNIT –V

PROCESS CALCULATIONS

Units and dimensions- Fundamental quantities and derived units- Merits of SI system of units-

Conversion of units- Basic concepts of chemical calculations- Gram atom- Gram mole –Use of

molar units- methods of expression of composition of solids, liquids and solutions- Weight percent

– Volume percent – Mole fraction – Mole percent – Equivalent weights- Normality – Molarity-

Morality. Solve simple problems. Material balance- Definitions study state material balance

equations – Material balance calculations with out chemical reactions. Simple problems on material

balance.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

On completion of the subject the student will be able to:

• Understand the various units and their conversion

• Know the important types of valves

• Find the composition of solids, liquids, gases and solutions

• Solve the problems on material balance with out chemical reaction

• Appreciate different mechanical operations like mixing , Agitation, Conveying , Heat

transfer & Drying

• Understand the concept of size reduction

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES:


UNIT-I

• Define a fluid

• State and discuss types of fluids

• Explain compressible & in compressible fluids

• State the important physical properties of fluids and mention their units, density, sp. gravity

and viscosity

• Explain fluid static pressure

• Explain concept of pressure and its measurement

• Explain the working of U -tube manometer, Inverted and Inclined manometer, Differential

manometer

• Describe Reynolds’s experiment

• Explain the importance of the Reynolds number

• Distinguish laminar & turbulent flow

• State Bernoulli’s theorem

• Derive Bernoulli’s equation

• List the flow measuring devices

• Explain the construction, working and applications of Orifice meter, Venturi meter, Pitot

tube, Rota meter

• Explain the construction of weir’s & notches

UNIT-II

• State the importance of mixing

• Explain different types of mixing methods

• Explain liquid- liquid mixing

• Describe operations and their applications of impellers, Propellers, Paddles and turbines

• List the equipments used for solid-solid mixing

• Explain the performance and applications of tumbling – Double arm kneader- Ribbon

blender- Banbury- Planetary mixer- Dry powder mixers

• Explain flow patterns in agitated vessels, swirling and vortex formation and their prevention

• State different type of conveyor

• Explain construction, working and fields of applications of each conveyors with sketches

UNIT-III

• Define the modes of heat transfer

• Define Fourier’s law of heat transfer

• Define thermal conductivity

• Derive and equation of conduction through single flat wall, Compound wall and cylinder

wall by applying Fourier’s law

• Explain the significance of log mean area

• Define film concept in convection heat transfer

• Define temperature gradient in forced convections

• Derive and equation of heat transfer co-efficient ( from hot fluid to cold fluid through a

solid wall)

• Explain the need of using Log mean temperature difference

• Compare parallel current and counter current methods in heat transfer process

• Explain natural and forced convection

• List the heat transfer equipments

• Describe with sketches the shell tube heat exchangers, Double pipe heat exchanger and

finned tube heat exchanger and mention their applications

• Explain the need for providing baffles in shell & tube HE

• Explain the maintenance procedure of heat exchanger

• Define equilibrium moisture , free moisture, bound & unbound moisture content

• Explain drying characteristics of solids

• Explain constant rate drying and falling rate of drying

• Explain the mechanism of moisture movement in the solids

• Explain the working of tray dryers, rotary dryers, drum dryers, spray dryers and their

applications.

UNIT-IV

• Explain the construction, working and applications of rotary valve, needle valve, globe

valve, check valve

• Explain the principle of size reduction

• Explain the applications of size reduction

• List out size reduction equipments

• Know the construction & working of jaw crusher, Ball mill, Hammer mill, Fluid energy

mill, Ultra fine grinder

UNIT-V

• Explain the fundamental unit , SI units, Derived units

• Know the conversion of units

• List the advantages of SI unit

• Explain the concepts of chemical calculation

• Explain gram atoms, gram mole , wt. percent , mole percent, volume percent, normality ,

molarity, molelityand equivalent weight

• Solve problems on compositions of solutions and mixtures

• Explain the concept of material balance]

• Explain the general methods of solving material balance problems with out chemical

reactions

• Explain the out line procedure of material balance calculations

• Solve material balance with out chemical reactions

……………………………………………………………………………………..

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Unit Operations- K. A. Gahvane -Nirali Prakashan

2. Stoichiometry – B.I. Bhat and S. M. Vora

REFFRENCE BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Chemical Engineering – Badger and Banchero

2. Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering – Mc cabe & Smit

3. Chemical Engineer’s Hand book- Perry

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

SCHEME OF EVALUATION

Sub: ELEMENTS OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Code:

Sl No. Chapters Marks to be answered Question to be set

for

Fill in

blanks &

short notes

All chapters

10

10

Unit I

Unit II

FLOW OF FLUIDS

MIXING, AGITATION,

CONVEYING

30

45

Unit III

HEAT TRANSFER, DRYING

30

45

Unit IV

Unit V

SIZE REDUCTION,

VALVES,


30

45



CODE:

Time: 3 Hrs Max Marks: 100

N.B: -Question no. 1 is compulsory which carries 5+5 marks for fill in the blanks and short notes

1. a) Fill in the blanks with suitable words

1x5=5

i. Example for mode of heat transfer through solids is ……………..

ii. Manometer is used for measuring ---------------------

iii. Hammer mill is a --------------------type of grinder

iv. Fluid flow is measured using ……..meter

v. The SI unit of temperature is…………….

b. Write short note on ball mill 5

PART – A

Answer any 2 full questions from this part which carries 15 marks for each question

2. a) Define fluid and explain compressible & incompressible fluids 5

b) Explain Reynolds experiment and state significance of Reynolds number 10

3. a) Explain the U tube manometer 5

b) Explain with neat sketch the operation of Banbury mixer 10

4. a) Explain laminar flow and turbulent flow 5

b) With a neat sketch explain the working of belt conveyor

10

PART –B


5 a) Write the applications of drum dryer 5

b) Describe the operation of shell & tube heat exchanger 5

10

6 a) Explain the mechanism of moisture movement in solids 5

b) Derive Fourier’s equation for conduction through single wall 10

7. a) Define i) bound & unbound moisture ii) Dry & wet basis moisture content

b) Explain the mechanism of drying 10

PART –C


8. a) List the advantages of SI system of unit

b) Explain the terms i) Gram mole ii) Mole percent iii) Normality

iv) Molarity v) Molality 10

9. a) A solution of caustic soda contains 20% NaOH by weight. The density of the solution is

1.196 kg/liter. Find normality , molarity of the solution.

5

b) Describe the material balance equation

5

c) Define steady state and unsteady state material balance

5marks

10.a) Explain the principles of size reduction

5marks

b) Compare gate valve with globe valve

5marks

c) Explain the working of jaw crusher

5marks

………………………………



BANGALORE

THIRD SEMESTER


SUB: POLYMER SCIENCE

CODE:






POLYMER SCIENCE

Hours

/ week

Hours /


4 4X16=64 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125


UNIT TOPIC TIME

(Hrs)

I CHEMISTRY OF POLYMERISATION 12

II COPOLYMERISATION AND POLYMERISATION

TECHNIQUES

12

III POLYMER MOLECULAR WEIGHTS & POLYMER

SOLUTIONS

12

IV

STRUCTURE OF POLYMER, POLYMER

CRYSTALLISATION & GLASS TRANSITION

TEMPERATURE

12

V POLYMER REACTIONS AND RHEOLOGY 12

Revision, Test 4

Total 64

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT I: CHEMISTRY OF POLYMERISATION (12 hours)

Classification of polymers - Functionality of compounds - Chemistry of polymerisation - Chain

polymerisation - Free Radical polymerisation - Initiator - Chain transfer agents - Inhibitors - Ionic

polymerisation - Cationic polymerisation - Anionic polymerisation - coordination polymerisation

Ziegler-Natta catalysts - Step polymerisation - Polycondensation polymerisation - Polyaddition

polymerisation - Ring opening polymerisation .

UNIT II: COPOLYMERISATION AND POLYMERISATION TECHNIQUES (12 Hours)

Copolymerisation - Free Radical copolymerization,– ionic copolymerisation – copolycondensation

- polymerisation techniques - Bulk polymerisation - Solution polymerisation - Suspension

polymerisation - Emulsion polymerisation

UNIT III: POLYMER MOLECULAR WEIGHTS & POLYMER SOLUTIONS (12 hours )

Average molecular weight concept - Number average molecular weight - Weight average

Molecular weight - Molecular weight and degree of polymerization - molecular weight distribution

in polymers

Method of determination of molecular weight

i) Number average molecular weight: ( Mn )

• Gel permeation chromatography technique

• End group analysis

ii) Weight Average Molecular weight: (Mw)

• Ultra centrifugation

iii) Viscosity average molecular weight: (Mv)

• Viscometry.

Polymer solutions & structure of polymer: The process of polymer dissolution - viscosity of dilute

polymer solution - relationship between viscosity and molecular weight. Microstructure based on

the chemical structure – microstructure based on geometrical structure – linear branched & cross

linked polymers – random, alternating block and graft copolymers – stereo regular polymers –

optical isomerism and geometrical isomerism in polymer molecules

UNITIV: POLYMER CRYSTALLISATION & GLASS TRANSITION TEMPERATURE

(12 hours)

Polymer crystallization - Degree of crystallinity - Theory of Polymer crystallisation – effect of

crystallinity on the properties of polymers– Glass transition temperature - factors influencing the

glass transition temperature - Importance of glass transition temperature - Determination of glass

transition temperature - Dilatometric method.

UNIT V: POLYMER REACTIONS AND RHEOLOGY

(12 hours)

Polymer degradation - Types of degradation: Thermal degradation, Mechanical degradation,

Oxidative degradation.

Polymer reaction - Hydrolysis - Acidolysis - Aminolysis_ Hydrogenation - Introduction to rheology

–Applications of Rheological studies

General Objectives:

On completion of the units of syllabus contents the students must be able to know about

• To study the chemistry of polymerization

• To study copolymerisation and types of copolymers

• Polymerisation techniques

• To study various methods of determination of molecular weight

• Process of polymer dissolution

• Chemical and geometrical structures of polymer molecules

• Theory of Polymer crystallization and Tg

• Types of degradation

• Rheological studies.

Specific objectives

On completion of this subject the students will be able to;

UNIT: I

• Explain the concept of monomer, polymer

• Explain functionality

• Explain chain polymerization

• Explain the function of initiator, and chain transfer agent and inhibitor

• Explain free radical polymerization

• Explain cationic and anionic polymerization

• Describe step polymerization and addition polymerization

• Explain ring opening and poly condensation

UNIT: II

• Explain the concept of copolymers

• Explain free radical , ionic co-poly condensation polymerization

• To describe the various polymerization techniques

• Explain bulk and solution polymerizations

• Describe suspension , emulsion polymerization techniques

• Discuss advantages and limitations of bulk, solution polymerization

• Explain the advantages and limitations of suspension and emulsion techniques

UNIT:III

• To know the significance of average molecular weights

• Explain molecular weight distribution in polymers

• To understand molecular weight and degree of polymerization concept

• To understand the relationship between viscosity and molecular weight

• Explain GPC technique to determine the Mn average

• To know the process of polymer dissolution

• To explain ultra centrifugation to find Mw average

• To describe the viscometry method to; determine the Mv average

• Explain the geometrical structure of polymers

• Explain the terms linear, branched and cross linked polymers]

• Describe random , block and graft copolymers

• Explain optical isomerism and geometrical isomerism

UNIT: IV

Discuss the theory of crystallization]

• Explain the degree of crystalinity

• Explain Tg and factors influencing Tg

• To know the significance of Tg

• Determination of Tg by dilatometeric method

UNIT: V

• To know the various types of polymer degradation and explain each type

• To know the polymer reactions – hydrolysis and acedolysis

• Describe the aminolysis and hydrogenation reactions

• To give the applications of rheological studies

• Describe the principles of measurement of rheological properties

• State advantages and disadvantages of polymer degradation

.........................................................................................................................................................

Text Books:

1. V.R.Gowarikar, N.V.Viswanathan & Jayadev Sridhar - Polymer Science - New age

international publishers - 1986.

2. Fred W.Billmeyer - Text Book of Polymer Science – published by john Wiley and sons Asia

PTE LTD. Singapore – 2009

Reference Books:

1. Anilkumar & S.K.Gupta -Fundamentals of Polymer Science - Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co.

1978.

2. Odian.G - Principles of Polymerisation – McGraw-Hill, New York – 1970

3. Blackley & Halsted - Emulsion Polymerisations: Theory and Practice - McGraw-Hill, New

York - 1975

4. Murugan N - Fundamentals of Polymer Science– GES Publications- 2007

5. I.Herman S.Haufman and Joseph J.Falce - Introduction to Polymer Science and Technology

- Wiley Inter Science Publications- 1977.

6. Bawsn,C.E.H-The Chemistry of High Polymers – Inter science, New York-1948.

7. Transford, C - Physical Chemistry of Macromolecules – Wiley Inter Science – New York –

1961.

8. Pinner, S.H, Pergamon A - Practical Course in Polymer Chemistry – New York – 1961.

9. P.Bahadur, N.V.Sastry – Principles of Polymer science – Narosa Publishing House, New

Delhi – 2002.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..


Sub: POLYMER SCIENCE

Code:

Sl No.

Chapters

Marks to be answered Question to be set

for

Fill in

blanks &

short notes

All chapters 10 10

Unit I

Unit II

Chemistry of polymerization;

Co-polymerization and

polymerization Techniques

30

45

Unit III

Unit IV

Polymer molecular weight &

Polymer solutions; Structure of

polymer, Polymer

crystallization and glass

transition temperature

30

45

Unit V

Polymer reactions & Rheology

30

45



CODE:



1. a) Fill in the blanks with suitable words 1x5=5

i) The monomer is converted to polymer by ------- reaction.

ii) -------- is an example for chain transfer agent

iii) ------- polymer will have low Tg.

iv) An example for crystalline polymer is----------

v) Suspension polymerization is also called as---------

b) Write short note on glass transition temperature 5 marks

PART – A


3. a) Explain the terms monomer, polymer 5 marks

b) Explain the mechanism of free radical polymerization 10 marks

3. a) Explain poly addition polymerization 5 marks

b) Describe bulk polymerization technique 10 marks

4. a) write in brief about copolymerization 5 marks

b) Explain coordination polymerization 10 marks

PART -B


5. a) Explain molecular weight distribution in polymers 5 marks

b) Describe determination of number average molecular weight of a polymer

10 marks

6. a) Explain the terms linear , branched , block copolymer and cross linked polymers

5marks

b) Explain determination of molecular weight by GPC technique 10 marks

7. a) Discuss the relationship between viscosity and molecular weight of polymer

5marks

b) Describe optical isomerism and geometrical isomerism 10 marks

PART -C


8. a) List out the factors influencing glass transition temperature 5 marks

b) Explain the dilatometric method to determine Tg 10 marks

9. a) Explain degradation of polymer 5 marks

b) Describe acidolysis and aminolysis 10 marks

10. a) List out the applications of rheological studies 5 marks

b) Describe thermal degradation of polymers 10 marks

………………………………………………………………………………………



BANGALORE

THIRD SEMESTER


PARAMETRIC MODELLING LABORATORY (Practical)

Subject Title : Parametric Modelling Laboratory

Subject Code : M-

Hours Per Week : 06

Hours Per Semester : 96

Objective: At the end of the course, the student should be able to:

• Understand what is Machine drawing is all about?

• Get hold on Modeling software environments

• Start sketching and creating profiles

• Know the meaning of constraints and constraining

• Realize the nature of Parametric and feature based modeling concepts

• Know the bi-directional associatively

• Create part model, assemblies and the related drawing views

• Be able to produce/create models/drawings as per industry standards

1. Introduction to Machine Drawing-Multi view drawing, Projection System, Drawing

Standards-ISO, ANSI, BIS, Introduction to Parametric Modeling software-Understanding

parametric modeling technique, knowing the software interface, co-ordinate systems

supported.

Define and understand the following terms:

Planes and their creation, reference axis, Sketch, Profile, constraints-geometrical and

dimensional, need for constraining, fully constrained, under constrained, over

constrained.

2. Part Modeling:

Conversions of 2D profiles into 3D models-using extrude/protrude and revolve

commands. Cutouts/shell creation, placing holes, rounds/fillets, chamfers, creating

rectangular and circular array/patterns, array/patterns along a path/curve, mirroring

features, editing of a model, creating internal and external threads. Adding draft, ribs,

thin wall features, lip to models. Creating vents, boss. Creating swept and lofted

models.

Using part modeling techniques create the following Part Models any 10(see list).

and learn how to generate different Drawing views

Front View

Top View

and Side/Profile view/auxiliary view/section view with annotations.

3. Model the following machine parts using equations:

• Hexagonal Nut and Bolt

• Solid Muff Coupling

• Bushed Journal Bearing

• Foot Step Bearing

• Knuckle Joint

• Socket and Spigot joint

•

4. Assembly Modeling:

Know the assembly environment, setting the assembly environment, types of

assembly design approach-bottom-up and top-down assembly.

Creating assembly and sub-assemblies

Editing and modifying assembly relationships

Creating exploded view of the assembly,

Inserting Bill of Materials,

Adding Balloons

Understand Detail drawing

Know the procedure for detail drawing

Creation of Production drawing.

Using assembly modeling techniques create the following:

• Plummer Block

• Screw Jack

• C-clamp

• Coupling Puller

• Pipe vice


Sl no Questions Marks

1

Create the model and drawing views(any 3) along with

dimensions and annotations as per sketch given 30

OR


dimensions and annotations using equations 30

2

Create the assembly model and drawing with dimension,

BOM, Balloons- as per the given sketch 50

3 Viva 20

Total 100

This Lab can be performed using ANY ONE of the following softwares :

1) Solid Edge

2) UniGraphics

3) IronCAD

4) CATIA

5) ProE

6) SolidWorks

7) INVENTOR



BANGALORE

THIRD SEMESTER


SUB: MOULD TECHNOLOGY

CODE:






MOULD

TECHNOLOGY

Hours

/ week

Hours /


4 4X16=64 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125


UNIT TOPIC TIME

(Hrs)

I MOULD MATERIALS & MOULD DESIGN FOR PART

REQUIREMENT 12

II MOULD DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS, FEED, EJECTION &

COOLING SYSTEM

12

III INJECTION MOULD DESIGN 12

IV COMPRESSION AND TRANSFER MOULD DESIGN 12

V BLOW MOULD & EXTRUSION DIE DESIGN 12

Revision, Test 4

Total 64

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT-I: MOULD MATERIALS & MOULD DESIGN FOR PART REQUIREMENT (12

hours)

Mould materials -. Introduction of mould materials - Properties and applications of low, medium

and high alloy steels - Steels for high temperature and low temperature services - Effect of alloying

elements - Aluminium, Phosphorous, Silicon, Manganese, Nickel, Tungsten, Chromium,

Vanadium, Molybdenum, Cobalt and Titanium. B.I.S. Code for designation of steel.

Elementary idea about Pre hardened mould materials and standard mould base.

Introduction to product design - Design to meet processing requirements - Aesthetic design -

Positioning of gates, runners, venting, weld lines - Design of ribs and bosses - Rim - Parting line.

Warpage - Wall thickness -Inserts

UNIT-II: MOULD DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS, FEED, EJECTION & COOLING SYSTEM

(12 hours)

Basic terminology and mould construction - Cavity and core (integer, insert) - Bolster - Sprue

bush - Guide pillar - Guide bush - Mould fastening, Parting line construction –

Feed system - Design and importance of sprue - Design of runners - Runner selection - Runner

cross section - Balancing of runner.

Design of gate system - Types of gating system - Winkle gate - Diaphragm gate - Sprue- gate -

Edge gate - Fan gate - Ring gate - Submarine gate - Pin point gate - Tab gate - Selection of gate

and application - Types of ejection - Pin, sleeve, air, - Sprue pullers .

Design of cooling system - Cavity cooling techniques - Core cooling techniques - Bolster cooling

techniques.

.

UNIT III: INJECTION MOULD DESIGN (12hours)

Types of injection moulds - General arrangement of 2 plate, 3 plate mould - Single, multi

impression moulds - Single daylight, multi daylight moulds - Split mould - Elementary knowledge

about hot runner mould.

UNIT IV: COMPRESSION AND TRANSFER MOULD DESIGN (12 hours)

Compression mould types - flash, semi-positive, positive moulds – Advantages, limitations and

applications.- Bulk factor, weight of moulding, shrinkage, flash allowances, - Mould heating -

Types of heaters.

Transfer moulds - Pot type moulds, Plunger type moulds. Size of transfer pot, , transfer chamber,

clamp pressure, transfer pressure.

UNIT V: BLOW MOULD & EXTRUSION DIE DESIGN (12 hours)

Blow mould - Die and mandrel design - Die head - Side feed - Spider or axial flow head -

Accumulator head - Parison control - Parison programming - Parting line - Pinch off design - Neck

pinch off - Base pinch off - Venting and mould surface finish - Cooling.

- Die geometry - Designing of pipe die - Production line - Torpedo, mandrel - Design of blown film

- Side feed die, bottom feed die - Design of sheet die - Coat hanger type - " T " type die -

Elementary idea about tape and monofilament die.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES:


• Mould materials their properties and applications

• Design of moulds and product to meet processing requirements.

• Important product design concepts like of ribs, bosses and undercuts etc.,

• Types of threads and its significance.

• Functions of inserts and their importance.

• Basic terminology and mould construction.

• Parting line construction.

• Design of gate system.

• Design of Ejection system.

• Hot runner mould.

• Compression and Transfer Mould Design their types, advantages, limitations and

applications.

• Blow mould materials and constructions.

• Extrusion Die materials and construction.

• Designing of pipe, blown film and sheet dies.


On completion of this subject students must be able to:

UNIT-I

• State the properties and applications of low, medium & high alloy steels

• Explain the effect alloying elements

• To know the BIS code for designation of steel

• Explain the positioning of gates & runners

• Discuss the design of ribs, bosses & rim

• Explain the warpage and parting line

UNIT-II

• Explain the cavity and core in moulds

• Explain the feed system and balancing of runners

• List out gating systems

• Discuss design of mould cooling systems

UNIT-III

• List out types of injection moulds

• Explain the various types of the injection moulds

• Explain the single day light & multi day light moulds

• Explain hot runner moulds and its advantages]

UNIT-IV

• List the types of compression moulds

• State the advantages and limitations and applications of Flash, Semi-positive and positive

moulds

• Explain the terms bulk factor, shrinkages & flash allowance

• List out transfer moulds

• Discuss clamp pressure and transfer pressure

UNIT-V

• Explain the die & mandrel design

• Explain the importance of spider and axial flow heads

• Explain the parting line and pinch-off design

• Explain venting and surface finish

• Explain the die geometry for pipe production

• To know the various types of die design- Coat hanger, T type, blown film & monofilament

dies

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

BOOKS FOR REFERENCE:

1. Ronald D. Beck - Product Design - Van Nostrand-Reinhold Co. (1970)

2. R.G.W.Pye - Injection mould design -4th Ed- Longman scientific & Technical (2000)

3. R.H.Bebb - Plastic Mould Design - (Compression & Transfer mould)

4. Rosato - Blow Mould Design – Hanser Publications (1972)

5. M.V. Joshi - Extrusion Die Design –Macmillan India ltd (1992)

1. J. Harry Dubois &Waying I. Prible - Plastic mould engineering hand book (1982)

2. Laszlosors – Plastic Mould Engineering – Pergamon press (1967)

3. Robert A Malloy – Plastic part design for injection Moulding – Hanser (1994)

4. Chereminishroff -.Product Design and Testing of Polymeric Material – Hanser (1992)

5. Levy - Plastics Product Design Hand Book – Van nostrand reinhold Co. (1977)

6. Dominick V Rosato and Donald V Rosato - Injection Moulding Handbook (1985)

7. Ralph.E.Wright – Moulded Thermosets – Hanser Publishers (1991)

8. Klaus stoeckhert – Mould making Handbook for Plastic Engineers – Hanser (1983)

9. Pauk.A.Tres – Designing Plastic parts for assembly – Hanser (1994)

10. Walter Michaeli – Extrusion Dies - 2nd Ed- Hanser (1992)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………


Sub: MOULD TECHNOLOGY

Code:

Sl No.

Chapters

Marks to be

answered

Marks on

question

paper

Fill in

blanks &

short notes

All chapters

10

10

Unit 1

Unit II

MOULD MATERIALS & MOULD

DESIGN FOR PART REQUIREMENT

MOULD DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS,

FEED, EJECTION & COOLING

SYSTEM

30

45

Unit III

Unit IV

NJECTION MOULD DESIGN

COMPRESSION AND TRANSFER

MOULD DESIGN

30

45

V

BLOW MOULD & EXTRUSION DIE

DESIGN

30

45

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

.



CODE:




1x5=5

i) …………..runners to be used for multi cavity mould.

ii. …………………is the line where two mould halves join.

iii. For circular article ……….gate is used.

iv. T die is used for manufacture of ………………..

v. Control of wall thickness of parison is called ……………..

b). Write a short note on hot runner mould

5marks

PART – A

N.B. Answer any 2 full questions from this part which carries 15 marks for each question

2 a) Explain in brief the balancing of runners.

5marks

b) Write the properties of low, medium, high alloy steel

10marks

3. a) Write the reasons for positioning of proper vent in the mould

5marks

b) Discuss different types of gating systems

10marks

4. a) Describe the warpage problem and give its remedies

5marks

b) Explain various types of cooling systems in mould

10marks

PART – B


5. a) Discuss different types of transfer moulds

5marks

b) Explain any two types of compression moulds with diagram

10marks

6. a) Describe clamping pressure

5marks

b) Describe two plate & three plate injection moulds with neat sketch

10marks

7. a) Explain various types of mould heating system

5marks

b) Discuss about single and multi daylight moulds

10marks

PART –C


8. a) Explain in brief parison programming

5marks

b) Describe the blown film die with a neat sketch

10marks

9. a) Explain parting line and pinch off design

5marks

b) Describe coat hanger die with a neat diagram

10marks

10. a) Explain the spider or axial flow head design

5marks

b) Describe pipe die with a neat sketch

10marks

………………………………………



BANGALORE

THIRD SEMESTER


SUB: CHEMICAL ENGINEERINGLAB

CODE:






CHEMICAL

ENGINEERINGLAB

Hours

/ week

Hours /


6 6X16=96 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125

LIST OF EQUIPMENTS / INSTRUMENTS, MATERIAL, MANUALS REQUIRED (FOR A

BATCH OF 20 STUDENTS):

Sl. No. Name of Equipment / Instrument No.

1. Orifice meter 1

2 Venturi meter 1

3 Pitot tube 1

4 Centrifugal Pump 1

5 Pressure drop through pipes 1

6. Weir’s & Notches 1

7. Double Pipe heat exchanger 1

8 Coil tube heat exchanger 1

9 Atmospheric tray dryer 1

10. Leaching apparatus 1

11. Screen / Sieves 2

12 . Jacketed vessel with out stirrer 1

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Study and operations of Orifice meter

2. Study and operations of Venturi meter

3. Study and operations of Pitot meter

4. Study and operations of Centrifugal meter

5. Determination of pressure drop through pipes

6. Study and operations of Weirs & Notches meter

7. Study of operation of Double pipe heat exchanger

8. Study and operations of Coil heat exchanger meter

9. Study the drying characteristics of Tray dryer

10. Study and operations of Leaching

11. Determination of Screen effectiveness

12. Study and operations of Jacketed vessel with out stirrer

Objectives:

• In this practical subject the students are required to learn fluid mechanics, pumps, hydraulics

and their importance.

• This practical subject also impart them requisite knowledge in heat transfer, pressure drop

through coil, drying , sieves and other chemical engineering principles.

……………………………………………………………………………………………….

Reference Manuals:

1. Chemical Engineering Manuals by W.L. Mc Cabe & J.C. Smith

2. Chemical Engineering Manuals by W.L. Badger & J.T.Banchero

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

SUB: CHEMICAL ENGINEERING LAB

CODE:

SL NO

TOPICS

MARKS

1.

Procedure Writing

15

2.

Conducting Experiments

25

3

Calculation, Results, Graphs etc

35

4

Viva-voce

20

5.

Records

05

TOTAL

100

……………………………………………………………………………………

CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL - I

III SEMESTER

CHEMICAL /POLYMER TECHNOLOGY ENGINEERING

6 Hrs/Week

96Hrs/SEM

SECTION – A

I Preparation of Standard solutions

1. Hydrochloric Acid

2. Sulphuric Acid

3. Sodium Hydroxide solution

4. Sodium Carbonate solution

5. Oxalic acid solution

6. Potassium permanganate solution

7. Potassium dichromate solution

8. Ferrous sulphate solution

9. Ferrous ammonium sulphate solution

10. Sodium thiosulphate solution

II Standardisation of prepared solutions and estimation of the amount in 250cm3 of its

solution

1. HCl by Na2CO3

2. H2SO4 BY NaOH

3. NaOH by H2SO4 . 2H2O

4. Na2CO3 by HCl

5. H2C2O4 . 2H2O by Na2CO3

6. KMnO4 by H2C2 O4 2H2O

7. K2Cr2 O7 by FeSO4(NH4)2.SO4.6H2O

8. FeSO4 by K2Cr2O7

9. FeSO4(NH4)2.SO4.6H2O by K2Cr2 O7

10. Na2S2 O3 by K2Cr2O7

III Link Titrations

Estimation of the mass of given substance present in of its solution using standard

solution in turn i.e. standarised by a standard solution prepared 15

hrs

1. NaOH v/s HCl v/s Na2CO3

2. FeSO4 v/s KMnO4 v/s H2C2O4

3. KMnO4 v/s FeSO4 (NH4)2 SO4.6H2O v/s K2Cr2 O7

4. CuSO4 v/s Na2S2O3 v/s K2Cr2 O7

5. I2 v/s Na2S2O3 v/s K2Cr2O7

SECTION – B

Instrumental Methods of analysis 30

hrs

1. Conductometric estimation of HCl using standard NaOH solution

2. Colourimetric estimation of copper in copper sulphate

3. Using spectrophotometer

4. Determination of PKa value of weak acid by using PH meter (Digital)

5. Potentiometric estimation of Ferrous ammonium sulphate by standard potassium

dichromate solution using potentiometer

6. To determine the relative surface tension of liquid with respect to water at room

temperature by using stalagmometer apparatus

Test 04 Hrs

Total 96 Hrs

DIPLOMA IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING/POLYMER TECHNOLOGY

CHEMISTRY – I

LIST OF EQUIPMENTS REQUIRED

1. Burettes 50 ml 50 nos

2. Pipettes 25ml 50 nos



5. Pipettes 05 ml 10 nos

6. Graduated Pipettes 10ml 10 nos

7. Conical flask 500 ml 50 nos


9. Burette stand with clamp 50 nos

10. Round bottomed flask 500 ml 20 nos



13. Leibigs condenser 20 nos

14. Distillation set 05 nos

15. Funnels 25 nos

16. Separating funnels 25 nos

17. Watch Glass 6”,3”,3” 50 each

18. Wash bottles plastics 50 nos

19. Tripod stand 50 nos

20. Wire gauge 50 nos

21. Melting point apparatus 06 nos

22. Boiling Point apparatus 06 nos

23. Silica Cracible with lid 30 nos

24. Buchnar funnel 10 nos

25. Glass Ejectors 20 nos

26. Sucction pump 20 nos

27. Aspirator bottles 01

28. Glass tubes 5mm dia 2 kg

29. Burners 20 nos

EQUIPMENTS FOR INSTRUMENTAL METHODS OF ANALYSIS

1. Conductivity cell apparatus (electrode with digital display) 06 nos

2. Digital PH meters (Glass Electrode with digital display) 06 nos

3. Digital electronic balance (with 0.0002g accuracy) 300g capacity 02 nos

4. Spectrophotometer for Colourimeteric estimation 06 nos

5. Potentiometer with calomel electrode digital display 06 nos

6. Stalagmometer apparatus for surface tension measurement 10 nos

7. Magnetic Stirrer 06 nos

8. Electric Centrifuger 01 no

9. Solvent extracting apparatus (multistage) 04 nos

10. UPS 2 kw/hr 01 no

…………………………………………………………………………………

Books for Reference:

1. Instrumental Approach – A.K Srinivas & P.C. Jain Publisher- S.Chand

2. Vogal Qualitative Inorganic Analysis (7th Edition) –Vogal

3. Practical Chemistry –O.P.Pandey, D.N.Vajpayee,S.Giri

4. Allied Practical Chemistry- V. Venkateshwaram, R.Veeraswamy, A,.R.Kulandaivelu

…………………………………………………………………………………………….

PRACTICALS

CHEMISTRY LAB – I

Time – 3 hrs Max. Marks 100

SCHEME OF VALUATION

1. Record submission 05

2. Procedure writing 15

3. Oral 20

4. Systematic conducting of experiment 40 (20+20 from section A & Section B)

5. Calculation and result 20 (10 +10) (Section A & Section B)

Total 100

FORTH SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN POLYMER TECHNOLOGY



Sl

No

Subjec

t code

Theory Subjects

Contact Hours

EXAM

DURATION


Total

marks

Min

marks

for

passing

Theor

y Pract Total

Max

marks

Min

marks I.A.

marks

1

Organic Chemistry

(Common to Polymer

& chemical )

4 … 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

2

Compounding

Technology

4 …. 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

3

Plastic Material

Technology

4 …. 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

4

Rubber Material

Technology

4 ….

4

3 100 35 25 125 45

PRACTICALS

5

Polymer Processing

Lab

…. 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

6 Polymer Science Lab -1 …. 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

7 Chemistry Lab –II

(Common to Polymer

& chemical )

…. 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

Total 16 18 34 700 175 875 360



ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

IV SEMESTER

(CHEMICAL ENGG /POLYMER TECHNOLOGY ENGINEERING)

SUB: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Code : 4 Hrs/Week

64 Hrs/Week

CONTENTS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Section Contents Hrs

I Fundamentals of organic chemistry

- Scope ,Classification, Saturated , Unsaturated,

Homologous, Series, Functional Group,

Isomerison, Types of Organic Reactions, Reaction

Mechanism , Nomenclature of Organic Compounds

18

II General Methods of Preparation, Properties and

uses of Methane, Etnene, Ethyne, Benzene, Phenol,

Ethers, Aldehydes, Ketones, Carboxylic Acids,

Esters, Amines

18

III Organic Compounds Of Biological Importance :

Carbohydrates, Proteins, Harmones, Vitamins,

Food Flavours, Perfumes, Drugs, Dyes

20

Seminar 04

Tests 04

Total 64



IV SEMESTER

(CHEMICAL ENGG /POLYMER TECHNOLOGY ENGINEERING)

SUB: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Code : 4 Hrs/Week

64 Hrs/Week

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

SECTION –I

I FUNDAMENTALS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 18

hrs

1. Introduction – Modern Concepts of organic chemistry and organic compounds, scope of

organic chemistry – study of organic chemistry as a separate branch

2 hrs

2. Classification of organic compounds based on the carbon structure and functional group 2

hrs

3. Hydrocarbons – saturated – unsaturated 1

hr

4. Homologous series and functional groups 1

hr

5. Isomerison – classification – structural isomerism – stereo isomerism 2

hrs

II ORGANIC REACTIONS AND THEIR MECHANISMS

1. Substitution – Addition – Elimination – Rearrangement – Polymerisation –Reduction –

Oxidation – Biochemical – Fermentation reactions 3

hrs

2. Reaction mechanism - Homolytic fission – Hetrolytic fission – Carboniumion – Carbanion

Electrophlic – Nucleophilic reactions – Inductive effect – Electromeric effect – Free radicals

3

hrs

3. Nomenclature of organic compounds – common system - IUPAC system – IUPAC rules

4 hrs

SECTION – II 18 hrs

I General Methods of Preparation, Properties and uses of the following Hydrocarbons :

i) Methane ii) Ethene iii) Ethyne 3

hrs

1. Isolation of benzene, structure 2

hrs

2. Phenols – Phenol 2

hrs

3. Ethers – Diethylether 2

hrs

4. Aldehydes – Formaldehyde 2

hrs

5. Ketones – Acetone 2

hrs

6. Carboxilics Acids – Formic Acid 2

hrs

7. Esters – Ethylacetate 1

hr

8. Amines – Methylamine 2

hrs

SECTION – III 20 hrs

II ORGANIC COMPOUNDS OF BIOLOGICAL IMPORTANCE

1. Carbohydrates – Glucose- Sucrose – Starch – Cellulose 4

hrs

2. Proteins – Sources – Classification 2

hrs

3. Harmones – Insuline – Oxytocin, Adrenaline 3

hrs

4. Vitamins – A,B,C,D, E & K classification 4

hrs

(Fat soluble and water soluble deficiency diseases)

5. Food flavours and perfumes – Natural and synthetic food additives – Natural and synthetic

perfumes 2

hrs

6. Drugs – Classification – Analgesics – Antipyretics – Antibiotics 3

hrs

7. Dyes – Natural and synthetic dyes – Classification 2

hrs

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

SECTION – I 18 hrs

I FUNDAMENTALS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

1.00 Introduction of organic chemistry

1.01 Modern concept of organic chemistry

1.02 Scope of organic chemistry as separate branch of chemistry

1.03 Distinguish between organic compounds and inorganic compounds

1.04 Classification : a)Based on the nature of carbon chain

b) Nature of chemical reactions

c) Nature of functional groups

1.05 Hydrocarbons

1.06 Saturated hydrocarbons – examples

1.07 Unsaturated hydrocarbons – examples

1.08 Homologous series and homologues

1.09 Functional groups and its importance

1.10 Definition of Isomerism – Isomers

1.11 Classification of isomerism

1.12 Structural isomerism – Chain – Position- functional – Metamerism – examples for each.

1.13 Stereoisomers – Geometrical – Cis-trans isomers – examples – optical isomers (definition)

1.14 Organic reactions definition and examples

1.15 Types of organic reactions

a) Substitution of Methane with Chlorine

b) Addition reaction – Hydrogenation of Ethene and Ethyne - Chlorination of Ethene and

Ethyne

c) Markownikoff’s rule

d) Elimination reaction – condensation reaction of formaldehyde – Ketones

1.16 Rearrangement reaction

1.17 Polymerisation reaction – Polyethylene PVC, TEFLON, NYLONS, POLYESTERS

1.18 Reduction reactions

1.19 Oxidation reactions

1.20 Biochemical reactions

1.21 Fermentation reactions

REACTION MECHANISM

1.22 Homolytic fission

1.23 Hetrolytic fission

1.24 Carboniumions

1.25 Carbanian

1.26 Electrophilic reactions

1.27 Nucleophilic reactions

1.28 Electron displacement effects

1.29 Inductive effects

1.30 Electromeric effect

1.31 Free radicals

1.32 Nomenclature of organic compounds

1.33 Common or trivial system

1.34 IUPAC system

1.35 IUPAC rules for naming organic compounds

SECTION – II 18

hrs

2.00 General study of structural formula, preparation/manufacture, properties and uses

of the following hydrocarbons

2.01 Methane

2.02 Ethene

2.03 Ethyne

2.04 Benzene

2.05 Phenols – Phenol

2.06 Ethers – Diethyl ether

2.07 Aldehydes – Formaldehyde

2.07 Ketanes – Acetone

2.09 Carboxlic Acids – Formic Acid

2.10 Esters – Ethylacetate

2.11 Amines – Methylamine

SECTION – III 20 HRS

3.00 Organic compounds of biological importance. (Brief study of molecular formula,

structural formula, sources, classification, properties and uses of) :

3.01 Carbohydrates

3.02 Glucose

3.03 Sucrose

3.04 Starch

3.05 Cellulose

3.06 Proteins

3.07 Harmones

3.08 Insuline

3.09 Oxytocin

3.10 Adrenaline

3.12 Vitamins – A,B,(complex) C,D,E and K

3.13 Vitamin deficiency diseases

3.14 Food flavours – Natural and Synthetic

3.15 Perfumes – Natural & Synthetics

3.16 Drugs – Characteristics – Analgesic – Antipyretics – Antibiotics

3.17 Dyes – Natural and synthetic dyes

………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Books of Reference:

1. A Text of Organic Chemistry –Arun Bahl, B.S.Bahl

2. Organic Chemistry- Solamans & Fryhle

3. Organic Chemistry – Vol I & II – by I.L.Finer

4. Pharmaceutical Chemistry Organic –by G.R.Sathval

5. Modern Organic Chemistry –By M.K.Jain & S.C.Sharma

6. Fundamental Concepts of Applied Chemistry –by Jayashree Ghosh – Chand Publisher

7. PUC Vol -I & Vol -II -by any Author

………………………………………………………………………………….

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

IV SEMESTER


NOTE : Question no.1 is compulsory and answer any TWO full question

from each section – I, II & III

Q 1. a) Fill in the blanks 5+5=10

i) The principle element present in all organic compounds in ………….

ii) Cis-trans isomer belongs to ……… type of isomers

iii) Both aldehydes and ketones contains ………. Functional group

iv) Harmons are considered as …………. of living system

v) The specific action of enzymes is maximum at ……. temperature

b) Write short notes on food additives

SECTION – I

Note : Answer any TWO full questions

Q 2. a) Distinguish between organic and inorganic compounds (minimum five differences) 5

b) What are isomers? Explain with examples position and functional isomerism 6

c) Give one example each for 4

i) Substitution reaction

ii) Elimination reaction

Q 3. a) Justify the importance of organic chemistry is studying as separate branch of chemistry

4

b) Give an informative account of classification of organic compounds based on their

functional groups 6

c) Write the IUPAC rules followed in naming organic compounds 5

Q 4. a) What are hydrocarbons? Distinguish, between saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbon 5

b) Explain the mechanism of homolytic and heterolytic fission with examples 4

c)Write the IUPAC names for 6

i) Fomaldehyde ii) Acetone iii) Diethylether

iv) Phenol v) Methylamine vi) Ethylacetate

SECTION – II

Note : Answer any TWO full question

Q 5. a) Describe an experiment to prepare pure Methane in laboratory 5

b) Write the structural formula of Benzene and give the electrophilic, substitution reaction

of Benzene 6

c) Mention the uses of Formaldehydes and Acetone 4

Q 6. a) How do you obtain Formaldehyde from Methanol in laboratory? Describe 5

b) Write the physical properties of Benzene and Diethylether 4

c) Explain the terms

i) Esterification ii) Condensation reaction iii) Hoffmann’s degradation 6

Q 7. a) What is the first member of ethyne series? Explain laboratory preparation of Acetylene

6

b) Mention colour reactions of Phenol 4

c) Write uses of Diethylether and Benzene 5

SECTION – III

Q 8. a) Write the classification of carbohydrates. Give example for each 6

b) Explain glucose and write open and closed structural formula 5

c) Write a note on cellulose 4

Q 9. a) Describe starch and write the structure of sucrose and give uses of sucrose 6

b) Write a note on harmones 5

c) Distinguish between food flavours and perfumes 4

Q 10. a) Dyes are not paints but colours explain. Give examples 4

b) Mention the characteristics of drugs 5

c) Mention the of the diseases caused by deficiency of vitamin A,B,C,D,E and K

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY


Sections Main Topic Hrs Qns. to be set Qns. To be answered

Main

Questions

Max.

Marks

Main

Questions

Max.

Marks


Section I Fundamentals of organic

chemistry, classification, organic

reactions, nomenclature

18 3 45 2 30

Section II General Methods of

preparations, properties & uses

of organic compounds

18

3

45

2

30

Section III Organic compounds of

Biological importance

20 3 45 2 30

Seminar 04

Test 04 10 145 7 100

Total 64 9



BANGALORE

FORTH SEMESTER


SUB: COMPOUNDING TECHNOLOGY

CODE:






COMPOUNDING

TECHNOLOGY

Hours

/ week

Hours /


4 4X16=64 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125


UNIT TOPIC TIME

(Hrs)

I Introduction, Compounding machineries and parameters

12

II Compounding additives for plastics

12

III Compounding additives for rubbers

12

IV Fillers, Curing systems

12

V Compounding procedure and factors to be considered for compound

development

12

Revision, Test 4

Total 64

DETAILED SYLLABUS


CODE:

Unit:I

Introduction, Compounding machineries and parameters:

Limitations of raw polymer (Plastics & Elastomers) - Need for compounding-Technical

requirements of additives- Compounding machineries and parameters-Different types of mixing,

Two roll mill, Internal mixers, solution mixers, Twin screw extruder.

Unit: II

Compounding additives for plastics:

Classification, Roll, mechanism, suitability and examples of following additives-

Additives which assist processing: Stabilizers, Lubricants, Processing aids

Additives which modify mechanical properties- Plasticizers, Toughening agents

Additives which reduce the cost: Fillers, Extenders

Additives which modify surface properties: Antistatic agents, Anti wear additives, Adhesion

promoters, Slip additives

Additives which modify optical properties: Colourants, Pigments, Optical brighteners,

Anti ageing additives: UV absorbers, Anti oxidants

Other additives: Blowing agents, Flame retardants, Speciality additives

Unit: III

Compounding additives for rubbers:

Functions and examples of activators, Peptizers, Blowing agents, Softeners, Extenders, Pigments,

Tackifiers, Release agents, Reclaimed rubber, Factice, Ground crumb, Mineral rubber, Retarders.

Unit: IV

Fillrs, Curing systems:

Reinforcing and extending fillers; Black and non- black fillers; manufacture of carbon black,

Classification carbon black

Curing systems-Conventional, Semi-EV – EV curing systems; Classification of accelerators;

peroxides, metal oxides, resins.

Unit: V

Compounding procedure and factors to be considered for compound development:

Compounding procedure for different polymers and products, Testing and evaluation of compounds

Guideline for formulation for achieving different properties: Heat resistance, weather resistance, Oil

resistance, Permeability, Electrical resistance-in rubber & plastics.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES:

On completion of study of the subject students will be able to :

• Understand the properties and requirements of compounding ingredients

• Know the additives for mechanical, ,surface and optical properties

• Understand the compounding procedure

• Understand the factors to be considered while compound development


On completion of study of the subject students will be able to:

UNIT -I

• Write the limitations of raw polymers

• Explain the significance of compounding

• List the compounding machineries

• Explain the technical requirements of additives

UNIT-II

• State the functions of stabilizers, Lubricants & processing aids

• Explain the additives which modify mechanical properties of plastics

• Explain the roll of fillers and extenders

• Explain the additives which modify surface properties

• Describe ingredients which modify optical properties

• Explain anti- ageing additives

• Explain the role of blowing agents, Flame retardants in plastics

UNIT -III

• Explain the functions of activators, peptizer and blowing agents in rubber compounds

• Describe softeners, extenders, pigments in elastomers

• Explain the function of tackifiers & release agents

• Explain the ground crumb, mineral rubber and retarders

• Explain the use of reclaim rubber in rubber compounds

UNIT -IV

• List reinforcing and extending fillers

• Write the classification of carbon black

• Explain the manufacture of carbon black

• Discuss about semi EV and EV curing systems

• Write classifications of accelerators

UNIT-V

• Explain the compounding procedure for polymer products

• Explain the testing & evaluation of compounds

• Discuss the guidelines for formulation for achieving desired properties.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Text Books:

Plastic Materials –by Brydson , Butterworths London

Rubber Materials and their compounds- by BrydsonElsevier Applied science London

Plastic Additives – by Gachtor/ Muller, Hansar Publishers

Rubber Compound Material by I. Frantha

Reference books:

Hand book of plastic Materials and Technology- I.I. Rubin, Wiley Interscience

P.V.C. Technology- Titow,, Elsevier Applied Science Publishers Londen

The Vanderbuilt Rubber Hand book RT Vanderbuilt company co inc

Rubber Technology by CM Blow

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….



CODE:

Sl No.

Chapters


for

Fill in

blanks &

short notes

All chapters

10

10

Unit I

Unit II

Introduction, Compounding

machineries and parameters

Compounding additives for

plastics

30

45

Unit III

Unit IV

Compounding additives for

rubbers:

Fillers, Curing systems

30

45

Unit V

Compounding procedure and

factors to be considered for

30

45

compound development

……………………………………………………………………………………….





1 a) Fill in the blanks with suitable words: 1X5 = 5marks

i. Lubricant will assist ----------------

ii. The chloroprene rubber is vulcanized by …………oxide

iii The foaming of plastics is achieved by -----------------additive.

iv.Filler is used as …………………..

v. Rancit VII is used as a ……………agent.

b) Write a short note on age resisters 5 marks

PART – A


2. a) List out additives which are used to modify surface properties

5 marks

b) Explain compounding of thread rubber using internal mixer

10marks

3. a) Explain how anti ageing properties are imparted to plastics.

5 marks

b) Describe process of manufacture of automotive compounds using twin screw extruder

10marks

4. a) Discuss the functions of blowing agents and flame retardants

5marks

b) Write the limitations of raw materials and discuss the technical requirements of

additives. 10marks

PART – B


5. a) Write a brief note on reclaimed rubber

5marks

b) Explain the manufacture of carbon black by furnace process

10marks

6. a) Discuss the role of cost reducing agent in a rubber compound

5marks

b) Explain the semi EV curing system and EV curing systems

10marks

7. a) List out any five special additives and give their importance in rubber compound

5marks

b) Discuss the conventional vulcanization system

10marks

PART – C


8. Write guideline formulation for the following:

a) Manufacture of oil resistance hoses

5marks

b) Manufacture of insulation compounds

5marks

c) Manufacture of passenger tyre tube

5marks

9 a) Explain the procedure to evaluate the polymer compound

5marks

b) List out the various steps involved in evaluation of polymer compound

5marks

c) Explain any one test used in evaluation of rubber compound

5marks

10. a) List out constituents involved in one formulation compound

5marks

b) Discuss the procedure of compounding

10marks

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………



BANGALORE

FORTH SEMESTER


SUB: PLASTICS MATERIALS

CODE:






PLASTICS MATERIALS

Hours

/ week

Hours /


4 4X16=64 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125


UNIT TOPIC TIME

(Hrs)

I POLYOLEFINS AND STYRENICS PLASTICS 12

II VINYL PLASTICS, ACRYLIC PLASTICS & CELLULOSE

PLASTICS

12

III ENGINEERING PLASTICS 12

IV THERMOSETTING PLASTICS 12

V PLASTICS BLENDS & ALLOYS, SPECIALITY PLASTICS 12

Revision, Test 4

Total 64

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT-I: POLYOLEFINS AND STYRENICS PLASTICS (12 hours)

Polyethylene - Manufacture of Low Density Polyethylene by high pressure process, High Density

Polyethylene by Phillips process and Intermediate density Polyethylene by Zeigler process –

structure, properties and applications.

Polypropylene – structure - production by Ziegler process - properties and applications.

Polystyrene – structure - production by continuous bulk polymerisation process - properties and

applications - Styrene copolymers: HIPS, SAN and ABS – their structure, properties and

applications.

UNIT-II: VINYL PLASTICS, ACRYLIC PLASTICS & CELLULOSE PLASTICS (12

hours)

Polyvinyl chloride – structure - manufacture of PVC by suspension method - properties and

applications.

Acrylic plastics: Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) - structure - production by bulk polymerization

- properties and applications.

Cellulose plastics: production of cellulose acetate and cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose nitrate –

their structure - properties and applications.

UNIT-III: ENGINEERING PLASTICS (12 hours)

Polyamides: Production, Properties and applications of Nylon-6 and Nylon-6,6 – Polycarbonate -

structure, production, properties and applications

Fluoro plastics: PTFE – manufacture, properties and applications

Saturated polyesters: Polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and Poly butylene terephthalate (PBT) their

structure, production, properties, and applications.

UNIT IV: THERMOSETTING PLASTICS (12 hours)

Phenolic plastics - Novolaks - Resols – resin manufacture– preparation of moulding powders -

properties of and applications.

Amino plastics: Urea formaldehyde resins –manufacture of moulding powders - properties -

applications - Melamine formaldehyde resins– manufacture of moulding powders - properties and

applications.

Epoxy resins - preparation of resins from Bis-phenol A - structure and properties – Applications.

Polyurethanes: flexible foam, rigid foam-properties and applications.

UNIT V: PLASTICS BLENDS & ALLOYS, SPECIALITY PLASTICS (12 hours)

Introduction to polymer blends and alloys – difference between blends and alloys – classification of

polymer blends – compatible and incompatible blends - preparation of plastic blends by melt

blending and latex blending methods. Rubber - plastic blends.

Speciality plastics: Polyphenylene oxide (PPO), Polyphenylene sulphide (PPS), polysulfones

(PSU), Poly ether ether ketone (PEEK), - Raw materials, structure, properties, applications.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES:


• Preparation, properties and applications of various commodity plastics like

PE, PP and Styrenic Plastics.

• Preparation, properties and applications of various commodity plastics like

PVC and PMMA.

• Preparation, properties and applications of various engineering plastics like

PTFE, Nylons , Acetal and PC.

• Preparation, properties and applications of various engineering plastics like Cellulosics,

saturated polyesters like PET & PBT.

• Preparation properties and applications of various thermosetting plastics like PF, UF, MF,

Epoxy, PU.

• The concept of plastics blend and alloys, their importance and industrial applications.

• The production, properties and applications of various high performance plastics like, PPO,

PPS, PSU, PEEK.

Specific objective:

On completion of the units of syllabus content the students must be able to know about:

UNIT: I

• List the polyethylene plastics

• Explain the manufacture of LDPE by high pressure process

• Explain the manufacture of HDPED by Phillips process

• Describe Ziegler process to manufacture intermediate density PE

• Write the structure, properties & applications of LDPE and HDPE

• Explain the structure, properties and applications of PP

• Explain bulk polymerization to manufacture PS

• Explain in brief about HIPS, SAN and ABS

• Write the structure, properties and applications of styrene copolymers.

UNIT: II

• List the properties and applications of PVC

• Write the structure of PVC & PMMA

• Explain the production of PVC by suspension process

• Describe the production of PMMA by bulk polymerization technique

• List out various cellulose plastics

• Write the structure properties and application of various cellulose plastics

• Explain the production of CA, CAB, CN

UNIT:III

• List properties and applications of Nylon 6, nylon 6/6

• Describe the manufacture of Nylon 6, nylon 6/6

• Write the structure properties and applications of PC

• Explain the production of PC

• Explain the PTFE manufacture

• List various types of Fluoro plastics

• Explain the manufacture of PET & PBT

• Write the properties and applications of PET & PBT

UNIT: IV

• Explain novolak and resole manufacture

• Describe the preparation of PF moulding compounds

• Differentiate the properties and applications of PF and UF

• Compare the properties of UF and MF

• Explain the manufacture of MF moulding compounds

• Explain the preparation of epoxy resin from bis –phenol A

• Write the structure, properties, applications of Epoxy resins

• Explain flexible and rigid foam of PU

• Write the properties and applications of PU

UNIT: V

• Explain the terms Polymer blends & alloys

• Classify the polymer blends

• Explain the preparation of plastic blend by melt blending method

• Explain the latex blending method

• Explain the structure, properties and applications of PPO, PPS, PSO & PEEK

• Write in brief about rubber plastic blends with 2 examples

……………………………………………………………………………………………….

Text Books:

1. J.A. Brydson - Plastic Materials –7th Ed-Butterworths-Heinemann–London (1999)

2. S. Chand and m.s Bbhatnagar - A text book of polymers volume 1 and 2

3. Niranjan karak – fundamentals of polymers

4. D.C. Miles, J.H. Briston - Polymer Technology – Chemical Publishing Co.-New York

(1972)

5. Rubi Irvin John Wiery –Hand Book of Plastic Materials & Technology

Reference Books:

1. A.S.Athalye-Plastics Materials Handbook Vol I & II-Multi-tech Publishers (2002)

2. Gachter / Muller - Plastics Additives (4th ed) – Hanser Publishers (1996).

3. W.S.Penn - P V C Technology – Applied Science, London – 1971.

4. Robert V.Milby - Plastics Technology - McGraw Hill Book Co. - 1973

………………………………………………………………………………………………..


Sub: PLASTICS MATERIALS

Code:

Sl No.

Chapters

Marks to be answered Marks on question

paper

Fill in

blanks &

short notes

All chapters 10 10

Unit 1

Unit II

POLYOLEFINS AND

STYRENICS PLASTICS;

VINYL PLASTICS,

ACRYLIC PLASTICS &

CELLULOSE PLASTICS.

30

45

Unit III

Unit IV

ENGINEERING PLASTICS

THERMOSETTING

PLASTICS

30

45

Unit V

PLASTICS BLENDS &

ALLOYS, SPECIALITY

PLASTICS

30

45

……………………………………………………………………………..


SUB: PLASTICS MATERIALS

CODE


N.B: - Question No. 1 is compulsory which carries 5+5 marks for fill in the blanks and short notes

1. a) Fill in the blanks

i) PEEK is expanded as---------

ii) The Monomer used for Nylon 6 is -----------

iii) Novolak is prepared using ------ & ------ monomer.

iv) PPS is expanded as ----------------

v) Low density PE is manufactured by -----------process.

b) Write a short note on engineering plastics

PART – A


2. a) Write properties and applications of polypropylene 5 marks

b) Explain the manufacture of high density polyethylene by Ziegler process 10 marks

3. a) Write the structure of PVC and give its properties and applications 5 marks

b) Describe the production of polystyrene by bulk polymerization process 10 marks

4. a) Write the structure of PMMA and give its properties and applications 5 marks .

b) Explain the production of cellulose acetate 10 marks

PART – B


5. a) List out various fluro plastics 5 marks

b) Explain the preparation of nylon 6,6 10 marks

6. a) Write the structure of polycarbonate and give its important applications 5 marks

b) Explain the production of phenolic molding powders 10 marks

7. a) Explain the properties and applications of melamine formaldehyde 5marks

b) Describe theories of resinification of UF 10 marks

PART – C


8. a) Explain in brief about polymer blends and alloys 5 marks

b) Explain melt blending and latex blending methods 10 marks

9. a) Explain in brief about rubber- plastic blends 5 marks

b) Write structure, properties and applications PPO 10 marks

10. a) Explain properties and application of polysulfones 5 marks

b) Discuss compatible and incompatible blends 10 marks



BANGALORE

FORTH SEMESTER


SUB: RUBBER MATERIALS

CODE:






RUBBER MATERIALS

Hours

/ week

Hours /


4 4X16=64 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125


UNIT TOPIC TIME

(Hrs)

I NATURAL RUBBER 12

II SYNTHETIC RUBBERS – GENERAL PURPOSE 12

III SYNTHETIC RUBBERS – SPECIAL PURPOSE 12

IV SYNTHETIC RUBBERS – HIGH PERFORMANCE 12

V RUBBER BLENDS & IMPORTANCE OF BLENDING 12

Revision, Test 4

Total 64

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT-I: NATURAL RUBBER (12 hours)

Latex: Tapping of latex from rubber trees –Preservation -Concentration methods- Centrifuging-

creaming-evaporation- grading.

Dry Rubber: Production of Ribbed smoked sheet, Pale crepe, Brown crepe and Crumb rubbers -

composition - properties – Grading: Visual grading, SMR grades, Technically Specified rubber,

Technically classified rubbers - oil extended natural rubber - vulcanization of NR.

Reclaimed rubber: Reclaiming processes - scrap rubber preparation - Digester process-Heater (or)

Pan Process - reclamation process - advantages and disadvantages.

UNIT-II: SYNTHETIC RUBBERS – GENERAL PURPOSE (12 hours)

Classification of synthetic rubbers according to their uses and properties.

Polyisoprene-structure- manufacture- properties-applications-vulcanization

Styrene Butadiene Rubber- raw materials- manufacture of solution SBR-properties- applications-

vulcanization

Poly butadiene-Raw materials-manufacture-properties applications-vulcanization-

Ethylene Propylene rubber- polymer structure-EPDM-manufacture-properties- application-

vulcanization.

UNIT III: SYNTHETIC RUBBERS – SPECIAL PURPOSE (12 hours)

Butyl Rubbers: Structure - raw materials - properties - applications - vulcanization of Butyl rubber

Nitrile rubber: structure- manufacture- grading of nitrile rubber - properties-applications-

vulcanization.

Neoprene: structure- manufacture- properties-applications-vulcanization.

Polyurethane rubber: Di-isocyanates used – foam polyurethanes - structure - properties-

applications.

Polysulfide rubber: structure- manufacture -types - properties-grades-grades.

UNIT IV: SYNTHETIC RUBBERS – HIGH PERFORMANCE (12 hours)

Silicone rubbers: structure-manufacture- properties-applications-vulcanization –

Chlorosulphonated (HYPALON) and Chlorinated Polyethylene: Structure-manufacture-

properties-commercial grades and applications-vulcanization.

Flurocarbon elastomers:– Structure – manufacture- properties-applications-vulcanization.

UNIT V: Rubber blends and importance of blending (12 hours)

Principles of blending and applications- Rubber / Plastic –blends- Polyethylene or Polypropylene

with NR or EPDM - NBR with PVC.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES:

On completion of the units of syllabus contents the students must be able to know about:

• Principles of tapping of latex from rubber trees,

• Preservation and concentration methods

• Production of dry rubbers their grading

• Various types of NR and their importance.

• Classification of synthetic rubbers

• Preparation, properties, applications and vulcanization of various general purpose synthetic

rubbers like IR, SBR, BR & EPDM.

• Preparation, properties, applications and vulcanization of various special purpose synthetic

rubbers like IIR, Crosslinked IIR, NBR, CR & Poly Urethane.

• Preparation, properties, applications and vulcanization of various high performance

synthetic rubbers like Q, CM, CSM & FKM.

• Concepts of polymer blends their advantages and applications.

• Rubber blends & their applications


On completion of the units of this syllabus students must be able to :

UNIT: I

• Explain the tapping of latex from rubber tree

• Explain the preservation of NR latex

• Explain the centrifugation method to produce centrifuged latex

• List the grading of NR

• Explain the production of RS

• Discuss production of pale crepe, brown crepe and crumb rubber

• To know the composition of NR

• Explain the visual grading of NR sheet

• To know SMR grades

• Explain technically classified rubber & Technically specified rubbers

• Describe the vulcanization of NR

• Explain the digester process

• Explain the process of reclaiming

• Explain pan process

• List advantages and limitations of reclaimed rubber

UNIT II

• Write the classification of synthetic rubber

• List the properties and uses of synthetic rubber

• Write the structure of polyisoprene, SBR, Polybutadiene , EPM &EPDM

• Explain the manufacturing process of general purpose synthetic rubbers

UNIT III

• Discuss the properties of special purpose synthetic rubber

• List the applications of special purpose rubbers

• Discribe the manufacture of special purpose synthetic rubber

UNIT IV

• Explain the manufacturing of silicon rubbers, Hypolon & fluorocarbon elastomers

• Explain the properties and application of high performance synthetic rubbers

UNIT V

• Explain the principles of blending

• List various important rubber plastic blends

……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Text Books:

1. Mauric Moton - Rubber Technology - Robert Krieger Publishing Co.- 1973.

2. I Franta, Elastomers and Rubber compounding materials –Elsevier -1989

3. Indian Rubber Institute Rubber Engineering - - Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. New Delhi

1998

4. Vanderbuilt- Hand sbook of Rubber

Reference Books:

1. C.M.Blow - Rubber Technology and Manufacture - Butterworths Publication - 1971.

2. G.Alliger - Vulcanization of Elastomers - Reinhold Publishing co. 1965.

3. Harry Baron - Modern Synthetic Rubbers.

………………………………………………………………………………………………….


Sub: RUBBER MATERIALS

Code:

Sl No.

Chapters

Marks to be answered Marks on question

paper

Fill in

blanks &

short notes

All chapters 10 10

Unit 1

Natural Rubber

Reclaim Rubber

30

45

Unit II

Unit III

Synthetic Rubber –General

purpose

Synthetic Rubber –Special

purpose

30

45

Unit IV

V

Synthetic Rubber – High

performance

Rubber blends & importance

of blending

30

45


SUB: RUBBER MATERIALS

CODE:



1 a) Fill in the blanks with suitable words: 1X5 = 5marks

i) --------- chemical, which is used to preserve tapped latex.

ii) Oil extended NR is ------------

iii) EPDM expanded as -----------

iv) The special property of NBR is ---------

v) The chemical name for HYPALON is ----------

b) Write short note on the centrifuging of NR latex. 5 marks

PART – A


1. a) Write the structure and properties of SBR 5 marks

b) Explain the manufacture of RSS 10marks

3. a) Describe the manufacture of crumb rubber 5 marks.

b) Explain the manufacture of reclaim rubber by digester process 10marks

4. a) Explain in brief about technically specified rubber 5 marks

b) Discuss the tapping of latex from rubber tree and latex stabilizing system.

10 marks

PART –B


5 a) List out the properties and application of poly isoprene rubber 5 marks

b) Write the structure of poly isoprene and briefly explain the manufacturing process.

10marks

6 a) Discuss the preparation of the raw materials for the preparation of poly butadiene

5 marks

b) Describe the manufacture of ethylene propylene rubber 10marks

7 a) Explain structure, properties and application of butyl rubber 5 marks

b) Describe the manufacture of nitrile rubber 10marks

PART –C


8. a) Explain the vulcanization system of silicon rubber 5 marks

b) Describe the manufacture of fluorocarbon elastomer and mention its important properties

10 marks

9. a) Discuss the properties of the following rubbers a) Hypalon b) Chlorinated polyethylene

5marks

b) Draw a neat flow chart and explain the synthesis of silicon rubber 10marks

10. a) Explain the principles of rubber blends 5marks

b) Discuss the preparation of PVC/NBR blends 10 marks

……………………………………………………………………



BANGALORE

FORTH SEMESTER


SUB: POLYMER PROCESSING LAB

CODE:






POLYMER

PROCESSING LAB

Hours

/ week

Hours /


6 6X16=96 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125

Objectives:

• This practical subject will impart the students the requisite practical knowledge in rubber &

plastics processing.

• The students will acquire the practical skills to operate various polymer processing machines

like:

1. Injection moulding

2. Extrusion

3. Vaccum forming

4. Rotational moulding

5. Blow moulding

6. Compression and Transfer moulding

7. Two roll mill

8. Calendering

9. Autoclave

10. Press (Hydraulic & Hand)

11. Banbury

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

POLYEMR PROCESSING EQUIPMENTS:

Operation and maintenance of the following processing machines: -

1. Hand Injection Molding machine

2. Hand Blow Molding machine

3. Semiautomatic Injection molding machine

4. Compression Molding machine

5. Extruder

6. Thermoforming machine

7. Two roll mill

8. Calendaring

9. Rotational moulding machine

10. Autoclave

11. Press (Hydraulic & Hand)

12. Banbury



S.No. Name of Equipment / Instrument No.

1. Hand Injection Molding Machine 1

2. Hand Blow Molding Machine 1

3. Semiautomatic Injection molding 1

4. Compression Molding Machines 1

5. Extruder 1

9. Vacuum Forming Machine 1

10. Two Roll Mill 1

11 Hydraulic Press 1

12. Calendar 1

13. Rotational Moulding Machine 1

14. Press- Hydraulic & Hand operated 1

15. Autoclave 1

16 Banbury 1

1. Processing Lab Manual by CIPET

2. Polymer Processing Lab Manual by D.H.Morton Jones


SUB: POLYMER PROCESSING LAB

CODE:

SL NO

TOPICS

MARKS

1.

Procedure Writing

25

2.

Preparation of product sample

50

4

Viva-voce

20

5.

Records

05

TOTAL

100



BANGALORE

FORTH SEMESTER


POLYMER SCIENCE LAB -I






POLYMER SCIENCE

LAB

Hours

/ week

Hours /


6 6X16=96 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125

Objectives:

• In this practical subject, the students are required to learn the concept of specific gravity,

pH, Acid number, density and other analytical properties of polymers and their practical

significance.

• This practical subject will also impart them requisite knowledge of viscosity

• To know the preparation of polymers by bulk, suspension, emulsion polymerization

methods

• To identify different types of polymers

• To know the TSC, DRC, Alkalinity of NR latex

• To determine Melting point, Flash point, Fire point

• To determine moisture content of chemicals and ash content of rubber

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Determination of the following properties: -

1. Specific gravity

2. Density by specific gravity method, density gradient method

3. pH , Acid number

4. Viscosity – petroleum oils and latex

5. Moisture content

6. Ash content of filler compounds and NR

7. DRC,TSC, Alkalinity of latex

8. Flash point and fire point of petroleum oil

9. Identification of polymers

10. Melting point

11. Preparation of polymer by bulk, suspension, emulsion polymerization techniques




1. Specific gravity balance 1

2 Density Gradient Column 2

3 Specific Gravity Bottle 10

4 Redwood Viscometer 5

5 Silica Crucible 10

6. Electronic weighing balance 1

7. Burette, pipette, conical flask,

measuring jar

10

8 Flash & Fire Point Apparatus,

Thermometer

2

9 pH Meter 1

10. Melting point apparatus 5

11. Viscometer – capillary tube 5

12. Hot Air Oven 1

13. Round bottom flask, beaker, Watch

Glass, Conical Flask

10

14.

Apparatus for Bulk, emulsion and

suspension polymerization

techniques

2

15. LPG cylinder with regulator, Bunsen

burner,

1

………………………………………………………………………………………………

Reference Manuals:

1. Experimental Polymer science by V.R.Gowrikar et.al.,

2. Polymer science Lab Manual by CIPET

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……..


DIPLOMA IN POLYMER TECHNOLOGY: IV SEM

SUB: POLYMER SCIENCE LAB-I

CODE:

SL NO

TOPICS

MARKS

1.

Procedure Writing

15

2.


25

3


35

4

Viva-voce

20

5.

Records

05



BANGALORE

FORTH SEMESTER


CHEMISTRY PRACTICALS – II

(CHEMICAL ENGG/POLYMER TECHNOLOGY)

PART – A

QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS 54 hrs

1. Preliminary test

a) Physical State

b) Colour

c) Odour

2. Iginition Test

3. Solubility Test

4. Test for saturation & unsaturation

5. Detection of elements (C,H,O,N,X,S)

6. Test for functional groups

7. Specific Test

Functional Groups

i. Chlorides (Halides)

ii. Alcohol

iii. Aldehyde

iv. Ketones

v. Carboxilic Acid

vi. Ester

vii. Amines

8. Test for carbohydrates

9. Test for proteins

10. Determination of MP of organic compounds

11. Determination of BP of organic compounds

SECTION – B 36

hrs

I Estimation of the following :

1. Determination of total hardness of water sample by EDTA method

2. Determination of chloride content of water by standard AgNO3 solution

3. Determination of CaO in cement sample by EDTA method

4. Determination of COD of waster sample by using standard Mohr’s salt solution

5. Determination of percentage of Copper in Brass sample

6. Estimation of Iron in Haematite ore by Potassium ferricyanide external indicator

II Preparation of the following :

1. Preparation of ferrous ammonium sulphate from iron fillings

2. Preparation of benzoic acid

3. Preparation of aspirin (Acetyl Salicyclic acid)

…………………………………………………………….………………………


1. Vogel’s Qualitative Organic Analysis

2. Allied Practical Chemistry-by V. Venkateshwaran, R.Veeraswamy, V.R.Kulandaivelu

3. Practical Chemistry –by O.P.Pandy, D.N.Bajpai, S.Giri

…………………………………………………………………………………….………….

Test 06 hrs

Total 96 hrs

PRACTICALS

Chemistry Lab – II

Max. Marks – 100 Time –

3hrs

SCHEME OF VALUATION

1. Record 05

2. Procedure 15

3. Oral 20

4. Systematic conducting of experiment 30 (Section- A)

5. Estimation/Preparation of compound 30 (Section – B)

Total 100

THIRD SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN POLYMER TECHNOLOGY



Sl

No

Subject

code

Theory Subjects

Contact Hours

EXAM

DURATION


Total

marks

Min

marks

for

passing

Theory Pract Total

Max

marks

Min

marks

I.A.

marks

1

Physical Chemistry

(Common to Polymer

& chemical )

4 ….. 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

2

Elements of Chemical

Eng.

(Chemical Board)

4 ….. 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

3 Polymer Science 4 …. 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

4 Mould Technology 4 …. 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

Drawing/Practicals

5

Parametric Modelling

Laboratory

(Mechanical Board)

….. 6 6 3 100 35 25 125 60

6 Chemical Engg Lab

(Chemical Board)

…. 6 6 3 100 35 25 125 60

7 Chemistry Lab-1

(Common to Polymer

& chemical )

….. 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

Total 16 18 34 700 175 875 360



BANGALORE

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING/ POLYMER TECHNOLOGY

III SEMESTER

SUBJECT : PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

CODE : No. of Hrs/Week – 04

No. of Hrs/Sem – 64

CONTENTS

SECTION – I

TOPICS 18 hrs

I BASICS OF PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

1. Laws of Chemical combinations 2 hrs

2. Gas Laws 3 hrs

3. Kinetic theory of gases 3 hrs

4. Equivalent weights of elements 3 hrs

5. Emperical formula and molecular formula 2 hrs

6. Percentage composition of compounds 2 hrs

7. Determination of molecular weights of compounds 3 hrs

SECTION – II

CATALYSIS 4 hrs

1. Catalyst and Catalysis 2 hrs

2. Enzyme Catalysis 1 hr

3. Applications of Catalysis to industries 1 hr

THERMOCHEMISTRY 6 hrs

1. Concept of enthalpy thermochemical equations 1 hr

2. Excothermic and endothermic reactions 1 hr


- Combustion – neutralization-phase change 2 hrs



- Lavioser and Laplace law 2 hrs

CHEMICAL EQULIBRIUM 8 hrs

1. Reversible and irreversible reaction 1 hr

2. Law of massaction 1 hr

3. Chemical equilibrium & equilibrium constant 1 hr

4. Application of law of massaction 2 hrs

5. Le-chatelers Principle 1 hr

6. Free energy and free energy change 1 hr

7. Entropy and entropy change 1 hr

SECTION - III

CHEMICAL KINETICS 10 hrs

1. Rate of reaction and rate constant, the factors influencing 2 hrs

rate of reaction

2. Temperature co-efficient 1 hr

3. Arrhenius theory for energy of activation 2 hrs

4. Order and molecularity 2 hrs

5. Derivation of first order reaction rate constant 1 hr

6. Half life period 2 hrs

ELECTROCHEMISTRY 10 hrs

22. Acids and bases and their properties 1 hr

23. Arrhenius theory - Bronsted-Lowry concept G.N.Lewis concept 2 hrs

24. PH and PH scale 1 hr

25. Buffers and their importance 1 hr

26. Electrode potential 1 hr

27. Single electrode potential 1 hr

28. Hydrogen electrode 1 hr

29. Glass Electrode 1 hr

30. Electrochemical series and their importance 1 hr

GENERAL OBJECTIVES :

On completion of each concept student must be able to understand the concepts and

apply the knowledge to solve problems related to each concept.

1. Laws of Chemical combinations

2. Gas Laws

3. Kinetic theory of gases

4. Equivalent weights of elements

5. Emperical formula and molecular formula

6. Percentage composition of compounds

7. Determination of molecular weights of compounds

4. Catalystand Catalsis

5. Enzyme Catalysis

6. Applications of Catalysis to industries

5. Concept of enthalpy thermochemical equations

6. Excothermic and endothermic reactions


- Combustion – neutralization-phase change



- Lavioser and Laplace law

9. Reversible and irreversible reaction

10. Law of mass action

11. Chemical equilibrium & equilibrium constant

12. Application of law of mass action

13. Le-chatelers Principle

14. Free energy and free energy change

15. Entropy and entropy change

16. Rate of reaction and rate constant, the factors influencing

rate of reaction

17. Temperature co-efficient

18. Arrhenius theory for energy of activation

19. Order and molecularity

20. Derivation of first order reaction rate constant

21. Half life period

22. Acids and bases and their properties

23. Arrhenius theory - Bronsted-Lowry concept G.N.Lewis concept

24. PH and PH scale

25. Buffers and their importance

26. Electrode potential

27. Single electrode potential

28. Hydrogen electrode

29. Glass Electrode

30. Electrochemical series and their importance

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES :

I Basics of Physical Chemistry

Introduction of Physical Chemistry and its Concepts

1.00 Laws of chemical combinations

1.01 Statement of Laws of chemical combination and illustrate with suitable examples

1.02 Law of conservation of energy

1.03 Law of constant (definite) proportion by mass

1.04 Law of multiple proportion by mass

1.05 Law of reciprocal proportion by mass

1.06 Gay Lussac Law of combining volumes

1.07 Gas laws and their importance

1.08 State and explain Boyle’s law

1.09 State and explain Charles law

1.10 State and explain combined gas law

1.11 State and explain Avogadro’s law and Avogadro Number

1.12 State and explain Grahm’s law of diffusion

1.13 State and explain Dalton’s law of partial pressures

1.14 Ideal gas equation

1.15 Postulates of kinetic theory gases

1.16 Deduction of PV =1/3mnc2

1.17 Deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour

1.18 Vander waal’s equation for real gases

1.19 Equivalent weights of elements

1.20 Determination of equivalent weight of magnesium by hydrogen displacement

method

1.21 Determination of equivalent weight of copper by oxide method

1.22 Determination of equivalent weight of lead by chloride method

1.23 Emperical formula and molecular formula of compounds

1.24 Percentage composition of constituent elements of a compound

1.25 Derive the relationship between vapour density and molecular weight of volatile

compound

1.26 Determination of molecular weight

a) Oxygen by aspirator method

b) Carbondioxide by direct collection method

c) Acetone by victor meyer’s method

SECTION – II 18 Hrs

2.00 Catalyst’s and catalysis

2.01 Definition of catalyst and catalysis

2.02 Characteristics of catalyst

2.03 Types of catalysts – positive catalyst, negative catalyst & auto catalyst

2.04 Catalytic promoters and catalytic poisons – active centres

2.05 Homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis – active centres

2.06 Theories of catalysis – Intermediate compound formation – collision theory

2.07 Energy profile diagram of catalytic reaction

2.08 Enzyme catalysis

2.09 Characteristics of enzyme catalysis

2.10 Industrial application of catalysts

3.00 Thermochemistry

3.01 Concept of enthalpy intrinsic and extrinsic energy

3.02 Thermochemical equations with state function

3.03 State and illustrate exothermic and endothermic reactions

3.04 State with example enthalpy of reaction - enthalpy of formation - enthalpy of

solution - enthalpy of combustion - enthalpy of neutralization - enthalpy of phase

change

3.05 Laws of thermochemistry – Lavioser Laplace law

– Hess’s law of constant heat summation

3.06 Solving problems on thermochemistry

4.00 Chemical equilibrium 8 hrs

4.01 Reversible and irreversible reactions

4.02 State and explain law of mass action

4.03 Explain chemical equilibrium and equilibrium constant

4.04 Application of law of mass action to the synthesis of :

i) Ammonia ii) Sulphur trioxide iii)Nitric Oxide

4.05 Explain Le-Chatilier’s Principle

4.06 Explain Gibb’s free energy –free energy change – Standard free energy change

4.07 Explain entropy and entropy change

4.08 Relationship between standard free energy change and equilibrium constant

4.09 Criteria of spontaneity and equilibrium in terms of S and G and H

SECTION –III

5.00 Chemical Kinetics

5.01 Definition of chemical kinetics

5.02 Rate of chemical reaction

5.03 Rate constant of chemical reaction

5.04 Factors influencing rate of reaction- nature, concentration- catalyst – temperature,

pressure- radiation

5.05 Temperature co-efficient of reaction

5.06 Effective collision

5.07 Arrhenius theory of energy of activation

5.08 Transition state theory

5.09 Molecularity of a reaction – unimolecular – bimolecular reaction- termolecular

reaction – examples

5.10 Pseudounimolecular reaction

5.11 Order of reaction – zero order – first order – examples

5.12 Difference between order and molecularity

5.13 Derivation of the equation for the rate constant of a first order reaction

5.14 Half life period

5.15 Relationship between half life period and order of reaction

6.00 Electrochemistry

6.01 Differences between electronic conduction and electrolytic conduction theories

6.02 Acids and bases – Arrhenius theory – Bronsted – Lowry concept – Lewis acid base

concept

6.03 Properties of acids and bases

6.04 Hydrogen ion concentration

6.05 Concept of PH and PH scale

6.06 Pk values of common fluids

6.07 Calculation of PHvalues of pure water- acids and bases

6.08 Pk values of weak acid and weak bases

6.09 Buffer solution – buffer action

6.10 Calculation of a PH values of buffer solution

6.11 Importance of buffer solution

6.12 Definition of neutralization and hydrolysis

6.13 Explain electrode potential

6.14 Single electrode potential – standard electrode potential – Nernst equation for

electrode potential

6.15 Explain standard hydrogen electrode (construction & working)

6.16 Construction and working of glass electrode

6.17 Explain electro chemical series and its importance.

……………………………………………………………………………………

Books for reference:

1. Text Book of Physical Chemistry – Glass Ton

2. Essentials of Physical Chemistry- B.S. Bhal, G.D. Tuli

3. Text Book of Engg Chemsitry- S.S. Dara

4. Physical Chemistry – Shilbe, Alberty, Bawindi

5. I.SC Chemistry – Vol-I & Vol II – R.D.Madan, bist,

6. Physical Chemistry – A.S. Pahari

7. Takins Physical Chemistry – Takins & Depela

8. Text Book of Physicakl Chemistry – A.S. Kalagi

9. A Text Book ofPhysical Chemistry-A.L. Sony

10. Principls of Physical Chemistry – Puri Sharma & Dathaniya

11. Text Book of PUC- by any Author

……………………………………………………………………………………..

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY


Sections Main Topic Hrs Qns. to be set Qns. to be Answered

Main

Questions

Max.

Marks

Main

Questions

Max.

Marks


Section I Basics of physical chemistry 18 3 45 2 30

Section II Catalysts & catalysis

Thermochemistry

Chemical equilibrium

4

6

8

3

45

2

30

Section III Chemical Kinetics

Electro Chemistry

10

10

3 45 2 30

Seminar 04

Test 04 10 145 7 100

Total 64 9



Bangalore

III SEMESTER

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

(For chemical Engineering/Polymer Technology branches)

Time :3 hrs Marks – 100


Note : Question No. 1 is compulsory. Answer any TWO

full question in each section-I,II &III..

Q1. a) Fill in the blank 5+5=10

i) Gaylussac’s law explains constant …………

ii) General gas equation PV=………..

iii) Catalyst which increase the rate of reaction is called ……….

iv) A chemical reaction which takes place in both the direction is called …….

v) In electrolytes, conduction is due to the movement of ……….

b) Write a short note on enzyme catalysis.

Q 2. a) State any two laws of chemical combinations & explain with examples 5

b) Define empirical formula and molecular formula of a compound 4

c) Describe and experiment to determine the equivalent weight of magnesium by

hydrogen displacement method 6

Q 3. a) State any three gas laws. 6

b) Determine the percentage composition of the elements present in the following

Compounds i) Ag NO3 ii) CuSO4 4

c) How do you determine the molecular weight of oxygen by aspirator bottle

method ? Describe. 5

Q 4. a) Write the postulates of kinetic theory of gases 5

b) State i) Avogadros law ii) Graham’s law of diffusion 4

c) Describe chloride method of equivalent weight determination of lead metal 6

SECTION – II

Q 5. a) Define : i) Catalyst ii) Enthalpy iii) Chemical equilibrium 6

b) Write the characteristics of catalysts 5

c) Illustrate exothermic and endothermic reactions 4

Q 6. a) Define enthalpy of : i) Solution ii) Combustion 4

b) State law of mass action, write the chemical equilibrium constant for A+BC+D 5

c) State the two laws of thermochemistry and explain with suitable reaction 6

Q 7. a) State Le-chatelier’s Principle. Briefly explain the effect of added concentration

of the reactant on equilibrium constant of the reaction 4

b) Mention the criteria required for a spontaneous reaction. Show Gibbs free

energy change related with entropy change and enthalpy change 5

c) Explain the terms :i) Catalyst of catalyst ii) Catalytic poison iii) Active centres 6

SECTION – III

Q 8. a) What are acids and bases? Explain on the basis of three theories 6

b) Define single electrode potential. Write a neat diagram of standard hydrogen

electrode and explain. 5

c) Write the differences between order and molecularity 4

Q 9. a) What are the factors which influence the rate of reaction. Brief each 6

b) Give an account of buffers and their importance. 5

c) What is an electrochemical series of elements. Give the significance of

reduction potential of electrochemical series. 4

Q 10. a) Define : i) Half life period of a reaction ii) Temperature Co-efficient 4

b) How are the chemicals classified into acids and bases? Explain on the basis

of PH values 5

c) Explain the terms: 6

i) Pseudounimolecular reaction

ii) Energy of activation

iii) Degree of hydrolysis



BANGALORE

THIRD SEMESTER



CODE:






ELEMENTS OF

CHEMICAL

ENGINEERING

Hours

/ week

Hours /


4 4X16=64 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125


UNIT TOPIC TIME

(Hrs)

I FLOW OF FLUIDS 12

II MIXING, AGITATION, CONVEYING 10

III HEAT TRANSFER, DRYING 18

IV SIZE REDUCTION, VALVES 10

V PROCESS CALCULATIONS 10

Revision, Test 4

Total 64

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT-I

FLOW OF FLUIDS:

Definition of fluids –Compressible & Incompressible fluids-Physical properties of fluids-density-

viscosity-specific gravity-fluid static’s-pressure concept-Manometer- U tube manometer-Inverted U

tube manometer-inclined manometer-Differential manometer-simple problems on U tube

manometer, Fluid flow phenomenon-Laminar and turbulent flow- Reynolds experiment- Bernoulli’s

theorem- Bernoulli’s equation- applications of Bernoulli’s theorem- Simple problems on

Bernoulli’s theorem. Flow measuring devices-Orifice meter- Venturi meter- Pitot tube- Rota meter-

Weirs and notches- their construction- working and applications.

UNIT-II

MIXING, AGITATION & CONVEYING

Purpose of agitation- Agitation equipments-Impellers-Propellers- Paddles & Turbines- their

operational characteristics and application- Flow patterns in agitated vessels- swirling and vortex

formation and their prevention by baffles and draft tubes etc. Solid –solid mixing- Equipments for

mixing –Tumbling _ Double arm Kneaders- Ribbon blenders- Banbury mixer- Planetary mixer –

Mixers for dry powders-heir performance and applications. Conveying of solids- Principles- Types

of conveyors- Belt conveyors- Bucket conveyor- Bucket elevators- Screw conveyor- Pneumatic

conveyor- Fields of application.

UNIT-III

HEAT TRANSFER & DRYING

Modes of heat transfer- Fourier’s law of heat transfer – Thermal conductivity –Heat transfer

through single flat wall- compound walls – convection –Temperature gradient-Overall co-efficient-

Natural and forced convection- Log mean temperature difference – Heat transfer equipments-

Double pipe heat exchanger- Shell & Tube heat exchanger- Finned tube heat exchanger- their

construction, their working and application.

Drying- Principles –Definition of terms – Wet basis moisture content- Dry basis moisture content-

Equilibrium moisture content- Bound moisture- Unbound moisture- free moisture- Batch drying-

Drying characteristics- Constant rate and falling rate drying –Mechanism of moisture movement

within the solid- Drying equipment- Try dryer- Rotary dryer- Drum dryer- Spray dryer- Equipment

description- and operations.

UNIT –IV

SIZE REDUCTION, VALVES

Size reduction: Principles and applications – Machines- Crushers: Jaw crusher- Grinders- Ball mill-

Ultra fine grinders- Hammer mill-Fluid energy mill.

Valves: Rotary valve- Needle valve – Gate valve- Globe valve- Check valve –their construction,

working and applications.

UNIT –V


Units and dimensions- Fundamental quantities and derived units- Merits of SI system of units-

Conversion of units- Basic concepts of chemical calculations- Gram atom- Gram mole –Use of

molar units- methods of expression of composition of solids, liquids and solutions- Weight percent

– Volume percent – Mole fraction – Mole percent – Equivalent weights- Normality – Molarity-

Morality. Solve simple problems. Material balance- Definitions study state material balance

equations – Material balance calculations with out chemical reactions. Simple problems on material

balance.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES


• Understand the various units and their conversion

• Know the important types of valves

• Find the composition of solids, liquids, gases and solutions

• Solve the problems on material balance with out chemical reaction

• Appreciate different mechanical operations like mixing , Agitation, Conveying , Heat

transfer & Drying

• Understand the concept of size reduction



UNIT-I

• Define a fluid

• State and discuss types of fluids

• Explain compressible & in compressible fluids

• State the important physical properties of fluids and mention their units, density, sp. gravity

and viscosity

• Explain fluid static pressure

• Explain concept of pressure and its measurement

• Explain the working of U -tube manometer, Inverted and Inclined manometer, Differential

manometer

• Describe Reynolds’s experiment

• Explain the importance of the Reynolds number

• Distinguish laminar & turbulent flow

• State Bernoulli’s theorem

• Derive Bernoulli’s equation

• List the flow measuring devices

• Explain the construction, working and applications of Orifice meter, Venturi meter, Pitot

tube, Rota meter

• Explain the construction of weir’s & notches

UNIT-II

• State the importance of mixing

• Explain different types of mixing methods

• Explain liquid- liquid mixing

• Describe operations and their applications of impellers, Propellers, Paddles and turbines

• List the equipments used for solid-solid mixing

• Explain the performance and applications of tumbling – Double arm kneader- Ribbon

blender- Banbury- Planetary mixer- Dry powder mixers

• Explain flow patterns in agitated vessels, swirling and vortex formation and their prevention

• State different type of conveyor

• Explain construction, working and fields of applications of each conveyors with sketches

UNIT-III

• Define the modes of heat transfer

• Define Fourier’s law of heat transfer

• Define thermal conductivity

• Derive and equation of conduction through single flat wall, Compound wall and cylinder

wall by applying Fourier’s law

• Explain the significance of log mean area

• Define film concept in convection heat transfer

• Define temperature gradient in forced convections

• Derive and equation of heat transfer co-efficient ( from hot fluid to cold fluid through a

solid wall)

• Explain the need of using Log mean temperature difference

• Compare parallel current and counter current methods in heat transfer process

• Explain natural and forced convection

• List the heat transfer equipments

• Describe with sketches the shell tube heat exchangers, Double pipe heat exchanger and

finned tube heat exchanger and mention their applications

• Explain the need for providing baffles in shell & tube HE

• Explain the maintenance procedure of heat exchanger

• Define equilibrium moisture , free moisture, bound & unbound moisture content

• Explain drying characteristics of solids

• Explain constant rate drying and falling rate of drying

• Explain the mechanism of moisture movement in the solids

• Explain the working of tray dryers, rotary dryers, drum dryers, spray dryers and their

applications.

UNIT-IV

• Explain the construction, working and applications of rotary valve, needle valve, globe

valve, check valve

• Explain the principle of size reduction

• Explain the applications of size reduction

• List out size reduction equipments

• Know the construction & working of jaw crusher, Ball mill, Hammer mill, Fluid energy

mill, Ultra fine grinder

UNIT-V

• Explain the fundamental unit , SI units, Derived units

• Know the conversion of units

• List the advantages of SI unit

• Explain the concepts of chemical calculation

• Explain gram atoms, gram mole , wt. percent , mole percent, volume percent, normality ,

molarity, molelityand equivalent weight

• Solve problems on compositions of solutions and mixtures

• Explain the concept of material balance]

• Explain the general methods of solving material balance problems with out chemical

reactions

• Explain the out line procedure of material balance calculations

• Solve material balance with out chemical reactions

……………………………………………………………………………………..

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Unit Operations- K. A. Gahvane -Nirali Prakashan

2. Stoichiometry – B.I. Bhat and S. M. Vora

REFFRENCE BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Chemical Engineering – Badger and Banchero

2. Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering – Mc cabe & Smit

3. Chemical Engineer’s Hand book- Perry

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..


Sub: ELEMENTS OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Code:

Sl No. Chapters Marks to be answered Question to be set

for

Fill in

blanks &

short notes

All chapters

10

10

Unit I

Unit II

FLOW OF FLUIDS

MIXING, AGITATION,

CONVEYING

30

45

Unit III

HEAT TRANSFER, DRYING

30

45

Unit IV

Unit V

SIZE REDUCTION,

VALVES,


30

45



CODE:




1x5=5

i. Example for mode of heat transfer through solids is ……………..

ii. Manometer is used for measuring ---------------------

iii. Hammer mill is a --------------------type of grinder

iv. Fluid flow is measured using ……..meter

v. The SI unit of temperature is…………….

b. Write short note on ball mill 5

PART – A


2. a) Define fluid and explain compressible & incompressible fluids 5

b) Explain Reynolds experiment and state significance of Reynolds number 10

3. a) Explain the U tube manometer 5

b) Explain with neat sketch the operation of Banbury mixer 10

4. a) Explain laminar flow and turbulent flow 5

b) With a neat sketch explain the working of belt conveyor

10

PART –B


5 a) Write the applications of drum dryer 5

b) Describe the operation of shell & tube heat exchanger 5

10

6 a) Explain the mechanism of moisture movement in solids 5

b) Derive Fourier’s equation for conduction through single wall 10

7. a) Define i) bound & unbound moisture ii) Dry & wet basis moisture content

b) Explain the mechanism of drying 10

PART –C


8. a) List the advantages of SI system of unit

b) Explain the terms i) Gram mole ii) Mole percent iii) Normality

iv) Molarity v) Molality 10

9. a) A solution of caustic soda contains 20% NaOH by weight. The density of the solution is

1.196 kg/liter. Find normality , molarity of the solution.

5

b) Describe the material balance equation

5

c) Define steady state and unsteady state material balance

5marks

10.a) Explain the principles of size reduction

5marks

b) Compare gate valve with globe valve

5marks

c) Explain the working of jaw crusher

5marks

………………………………



BANGALORE

THIRD SEMESTER



CODE:






POLYMER SCIENCE

Hours

/ week

Hours /


4 4X16=64 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125


UNIT TOPIC TIME

(Hrs)

I CHEMISTRY OF POLYMERISATION 12

II COPOLYMERISATION AND POLYMERISATION

TECHNIQUES

12

III POLYMER MOLECULAR WEIGHTS & POLYMER

SOLUTIONS

12

IV

STRUCTURE OF POLYMER, POLYMER

CRYSTALLISATION & GLASS TRANSITION

TEMPERATURE

12

V POLYMER REACTIONS AND RHEOLOGY 12

Revision, Test 4

Total 64

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT I: CHEMISTRY OF POLYMERISATION (12 hours)

Classification of polymers - Functionality of compounds - Chemistry of polymerisation - Chain

polymerisation - Free Radical polymerisation - Initiator - Chain transfer agents - Inhibitors - Ionic

polymerisation - Cationic polymerisation - Anionic polymerisation - coordination polymerisation

Ziegler-Natta catalysts - Step polymerisation - Polycondensation polymerisation - Polyaddition

polymerisation - Ring opening polymerisation .

UNIT II: COPOLYMERISATION AND POLYMERISATION TECHNIQUES (12 Hours)

Copolymerisation - Free Radical copolymerization,– ionic copolymerisation – copolycondensation

- polymerisation techniques - Bulk polymerisation - Solution polymerisation - Suspension

polymerisation - Emulsion polymerisation

UNIT III: POLYMER MOLECULAR WEIGHTS & POLYMER SOLUTIONS (12 hours )

Average molecular weight concept - Number average molecular weight - Weight average

Molecular weight - Molecular weight and degree of polymerization - molecular weight distribution

in polymers

Method of determination of molecular weight

i) Number average molecular weight: ( Mn )

• Gel permeation chromatography technique

• End group analysis

ii) Weight Average Molecular weight: (Mw)

• Ultra centrifugation

iii) Viscosity average molecular weight: (Mv)

• Viscometry.

Polymer solutions & structure of polymer: The process of polymer dissolution - viscosity of dilute

polymer solution - relationship between viscosity and molecular weight. Microstructure based on

the chemical structure – microstructure based on geometrical structure – linear branched & cross

linked polymers – random, alternating block and graft copolymers – stereo regular polymers –

optical isomerism and geometrical isomerism in polymer molecules

UNITIV: POLYMER CRYSTALLISATION & GLASS TRANSITION TEMPERATURE

(12 hours)

Polymer crystallization - Degree of crystallinity - Theory of Polymer crystallisation – effect of

crystallinity on the properties of polymers– Glass transition temperature - factors influencing the

glass transition temperature - Importance of glass transition temperature - Determination of glass

transition temperature - Dilatometric method.

UNIT V: POLYMER REACTIONS AND RHEOLOGY

(12 hours)

Polymer degradation - Types of degradation: Thermal degradation, Mechanical degradation,

Oxidative degradation.

Polymer reaction - Hydrolysis - Acidolysis - Aminolysis_ Hydrogenation - Introduction to rheology

–Applications of Rheological studies

General Objectives:


• To study the chemistry of polymerization

• To study copolymerisation and types of copolymers

• Polymerisation techniques

• To study various methods of determination of molecular weight

• Process of polymer dissolution

• Chemical and geometrical structures of polymer molecules

• Theory of Polymer crystallization and Tg

• Types of degradation

• Rheological studies.

Specific objectives

On completion of this subject the students will be able to;

UNIT: I

• Explain the concept of monomer, polymer

• Explain functionality

• Explain chain polymerization

• Explain the function of initiator, and chain transfer agent and inhibitor

• Explain free radical polymerization

• Explain cationic and anionic polymerization

• Describe step polymerization and addition polymerization

• Explain ring opening and poly condensation

UNIT: II

• Explain the concept of copolymers

• Explain free radical , ionic co-poly condensation polymerization

• To describe the various polymerization techniques

• Explain bulk and solution polymerizations

• Describe suspension , emulsion polymerization techniques

• Discuss advantages and limitations of bulk, solution polymerization

• Explain the advantages and limitations of suspension and emulsion techniques

UNIT:III

• To know the significance of average molecular weights

• Explain molecular weight distribution in polymers

• To understand molecular weight and degree of polymerization concept

• To understand the relationship between viscosity and molecular weight

• Explain GPC technique to determine the Mn average

• To know the process of polymer dissolution

• To explain ultra centrifugation to find Mw average

• To describe the viscometry method to; determine the Mv average

• Explain the geometrical structure of polymers

• Explain the terms linear, branched and cross linked polymers]

• Describe random , block and graft copolymers

• Explain optical isomerism and geometrical isomerism

UNIT: IV

Discuss the theory of crystallization]

• Explain the degree of crystalinity

• Explain Tg and factors influencing Tg

• To know the significance of Tg

• Determination of Tg by dilatometeric method

UNIT: V

• To know the various types of polymer degradation and explain each type

• To know the polymer reactions – hydrolysis and acedolysis

• Describe the aminolysis and hydrogenation reactions

• To give the applications of rheological studies

• Describe the principles of measurement of rheological properties

• State advantages and disadvantages of polymer degradation

.........................................................................................................................................................

Text Books:

1. V.R.Gowarikar, N.V.Viswanathan & Jayadev Sridhar - Polymer Science - New age

international publishers - 1986.

2. Fred W.Billmeyer - Text Book of Polymer Science – published by john Wiley and sons Asia

PTE LTD. Singapore – 2009

Reference Books:

1. Anilkumar & S.K.Gupta -Fundamentals of Polymer Science - Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co.

1978.

2. Odian.G - Principles of Polymerisation – McGraw-Hill, New York – 1970

3. Blackley & Halsted - Emulsion Polymerisations: Theory and Practice - McGraw-Hill, New

York - 1975

4. Murugan N - Fundamentals of Polymer Science– GES Publications- 2007

5. I.Herman S.Haufman and Joseph J.Falce - Introduction to Polymer Science and Technology

- Wiley Inter Science Publications- 1977.

6. Bawsn,C.E.H-The Chemistry of High Polymers – Inter science, New York-1948.

7. Transford, C - Physical Chemistry of Macromolecules – Wiley Inter Science – New York –

1961.

8. Pinner, S.H, Pergamon A - Practical Course in Polymer Chemistry – New York – 1961.

9. P.Bahadur, N.V.Sastry – Principles of Polymer science – Narosa Publishing House, New

Delhi – 2002.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..


Sub: POLYMER SCIENCE

Code:

Sl No.

Chapters


for

Fill in

blanks &

short notes

All chapters 10 10

Unit I

Unit II

Chemistry of polymerization;

Co-polymerization and

polymerization Techniques

30

45

Unit III

Unit IV

Polymer molecular weight &

Polymer solutions; Structure of

polymer, Polymer

crystallization and glass

transition temperature

30

45

Unit V

Polymer reactions & Rheology

30

45



CODE:



1. a) Fill in the blanks with suitable words 1x5=5

i) The monomer is converted to polymer by ------- reaction.

ii) -------- is an example for chain transfer agent

iii) ------- polymer will have low Tg.

iv) An example for crystalline polymer is----------

v) Suspension polymerization is also called as---------

b) Write short note on glass transition temperature 5 marks

PART – A


3. a) Explain the terms monomer, polymer 5 marks

b) Explain the mechanism of free radical polymerization 10 marks

3. a) Explain poly addition polymerization 5 marks

b) Describe bulk polymerization technique 10 marks

4. a) write in brief about copolymerization 5 marks

b) Explain coordination polymerization 10 marks

PART -B


5. a) Explain molecular weight distribution in polymers 5 marks

b) Describe determination of number average molecular weight of a polymer

10 marks

6. a) Explain the terms linear , branched , block copolymer and cross linked polymers

5marks

b) Explain determination of molecular weight by GPC technique 10 marks

7. a) Discuss the relationship between viscosity and molecular weight of polymer

5marks

b) Describe optical isomerism and geometrical isomerism 10 marks

PART -C


8. a) List out the factors influencing glass transition temperature 5 marks

b) Explain the dilatometric method to determine Tg 10 marks

9. a) Explain degradation of polymer 5 marks

b) Describe acidolysis and aminolysis 10 marks

10. a) List out the applications of rheological studies 5 marks

b) Describe thermal degradation of polymers 10 marks

………………………………………………………………………………………



BANGALORE

THIRD SEMESTER


PARAMETRIC MODELLING LABORATORY (Practical)

Subject Title : Parametric Modelling Laboratory

Subject Code : M-

Hours Per Week : 06


Objective: At the end of the course, the student should be able to:

• Understand what is Machine drawing is all about?

• Get hold on Modeling software environments

• Start sketching and creating profiles

• Know the meaning of constraints and constraining

• Realize the nature of Parametric and feature based modeling concepts

• Know the bi-directional associatively

• Create part model, assemblies and the related drawing views

• Be able to produce/create models/drawings as per industry standards

1. Introduction to Machine Drawing-Multi view drawing, Projection System, Drawing

Standards-ISO, ANSI, BIS, Introduction to Parametric Modeling software-Understanding

parametric modeling technique, knowing the software interface, co-ordinate systems

supported.

Define and understand the following terms:

Planes and their creation, reference axis, Sketch, Profile, constraints-geometrical and

dimensional, need for constraining, fully constrained, under constrained, over

constrained.

2. Part Modeling:

Conversions of 2D profiles into 3D models-using extrude/protrude and revolve

commands. Cutouts/shell creation, placing holes, rounds/fillets, chamfers, creating

rectangular and circular array/patterns, array/patterns along a path/curve, mirroring

features, editing of a model, creating internal and external threads. Adding draft, ribs,

thin wall features, lip to models. Creating vents, boss. Creating swept and lofted

models.

Using part modeling techniques create the following Part Models any 10(see list).

and learn how to generate different Drawing views

Front View

Top View

and Side/Profile view/auxiliary view/section view with annotations.

3. Model the following machine parts using equations:

• Hexagonal Nut and Bolt

• Solid Muff Coupling

• Bushed Journal Bearing

• Foot Step Bearing

• Knuckle Joint

• Socket and Spigot joint

•

4. Assembly Modeling:

Know the assembly environment, setting the assembly environment, types of

assembly design approach-bottom-up and top-down assembly.

Creating assembly and sub-assemblies

Editing and modifying assembly relationships

Creating exploded view of the assembly,

Inserting Bill of Materials,

Adding Balloons

Understand Detail drawing

Know the procedure for detail drawing

Creation of Production drawing.

Using assembly modeling techniques create the following:

• Plummer Block

• Screw Jack

• C-clamp

• Coupling Puller

• Pipe vice


Sl no Questions Marks

1


dimensions and annotations as per sketch given 30

OR


dimensions and annotations using equations 30

2

Create the assembly model and drawing with dimension,

BOM, Balloons- as per the given sketch 50

3 Viva 20

Total 100

This Lab can be performed using ANY ONE of the following softwares :

1) Solid Edge

2) UniGraphics

3) IronCAD

4) CATIA

5) ProE

6) SolidWorks

7) INVENTOR



BANGALORE

THIRD SEMESTER



CODE:






MOULD

TECHNOLOGY

Hours

/ week

Hours /


4 4X16=64 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125


UNIT TOPIC TIME

(Hrs)

I MOULD MATERIALS & MOULD DESIGN FOR PART

REQUIREMENT 12

II MOULD DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS, FEED, EJECTION &

COOLING SYSTEM

12

III INJECTION MOULD DESIGN 12

IV COMPRESSION AND TRANSFER MOULD DESIGN 12

V BLOW MOULD & EXTRUSION DIE DESIGN 12

Revision, Test 4

Total 64

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT-I: MOULD MATERIALS & MOULD DESIGN FOR PART REQUIREMENT (12

hours)

Mould materials -. Introduction of mould materials - Properties and applications of low, medium

and high alloy steels - Steels for high temperature and low temperature services - Effect of alloying

elements - Aluminium, Phosphorous, Silicon, Manganese, Nickel, Tungsten, Chromium,

Vanadium, Molybdenum, Cobalt and Titanium. B.I.S. Code for designation of steel.

Elementary idea about Pre hardened mould materials and standard mould base.

Introduction to product design - Design to meet processing requirements - Aesthetic design -

Positioning of gates, runners, venting, weld lines - Design of ribs and bosses - Rim - Parting line.

Warpage - Wall thickness -Inserts

UNIT-II: MOULD DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS, FEED, EJECTION & COOLING SYSTEM

(12 hours)

Basic terminology and mould construction - Cavity and core (integer, insert) - Bolster - Sprue

bush - Guide pillar - Guide bush - Mould fastening, Parting line construction –

Feed system - Design and importance of sprue - Design of runners - Runner selection - Runner

cross section - Balancing of runner.

Design of gate system - Types of gating system - Winkle gate - Diaphragm gate - Sprue- gate -

Edge gate - Fan gate - Ring gate - Submarine gate - Pin point gate - Tab gate - Selection of gate

and application - Types of ejection - Pin, sleeve, air, - Sprue pullers .

Design of cooling system - Cavity cooling techniques - Core cooling techniques - Bolster cooling

techniques.

.

UNIT III: INJECTION MOULD DESIGN (12hours)

Types of injection moulds - General arrangement of 2 plate, 3 plate mould - Single, multi

impression moulds - Single daylight, multi daylight moulds - Split mould - Elementary knowledge

about hot runner mould.

UNIT IV: COMPRESSION AND TRANSFER MOULD DESIGN (12 hours)

Compression mould types - flash, semi-positive, positive moulds – Advantages, limitations and

applications.- Bulk factor, weight of moulding, shrinkage, flash allowances, - Mould heating -

Types of heaters.

Transfer moulds - Pot type moulds, Plunger type moulds. Size of transfer pot, , transfer chamber,

clamp pressure, transfer pressure.

UNIT V: BLOW MOULD & EXTRUSION DIE DESIGN (12 hours)

Blow mould - Die and mandrel design - Die head - Side feed - Spider or axial flow head -

Accumulator head - Parison control - Parison programming - Parting line - Pinch off design - Neck

pinch off - Base pinch off - Venting and mould surface finish - Cooling.

- Die geometry - Designing of pipe die - Production line - Torpedo, mandrel - Design of blown film

- Side feed die, bottom feed die - Design of sheet die - Coat hanger type - " T " type die -

Elementary idea about tape and monofilament die.

GENERAL OBJECTIVES:


• Mould materials their properties and applications

• Design of moulds and product to meet processing requirements.

• Important product design concepts like of ribs, bosses and undercuts etc.,

• Types of threads and its significance.

• Functions of inserts and their importance.

• Basic terminology and mould construction.

• Parting line construction.

• Design of gate system.

• Design of Ejection system.

• Hot runner mould.

• Compression and Transfer Mould Design their types, advantages, limitations and

applications.

• Blow mould materials and constructions.

• Extrusion Die materials and construction.

• Designing of pipe, blown film and sheet dies.



UNIT-I

• State the properties and applications of low, medium & high alloy steels

• Explain the effect alloying elements

• To know the BIS code for designation of steel

• Explain the positioning of gates & runners

• Discuss the design of ribs, bosses & rim

• Explain the warpage and parting line

UNIT-II

• Explain the cavity and core in moulds

• Explain the feed system and balancing of runners

• List out gating systems

• Discuss design of mould cooling systems

UNIT-III

• List out types of injection moulds

• Explain the various types of the injection moulds

• Explain the single day light & multi day light moulds

• Explain hot runner moulds and its advantages]

UNIT-IV

• List the types of compression moulds

• State the advantages and limitations and applications of Flash, Semi-positive and positive

moulds

• Explain the terms bulk factor, shrinkages & flash allowance

• List out transfer moulds

• Discuss clamp pressure and transfer pressure

UNIT-V

• Explain the die & mandrel design

• Explain the importance of spider and axial flow heads

• Explain the parting line and pinch-off design

• Explain venting and surface finish

• Explain the die geometry for pipe production

• To know the various types of die design- Coat hanger, T type, blown film & monofilament

dies

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..


1. Ronald D. Beck - Product Design - Van Nostrand-Reinhold Co. (1970)

2. R.G.W.Pye - Injection mould design -4th Ed- Longman scientific & Technical (2000)

3. R.H.Bebb - Plastic Mould Design - (Compression & Transfer mould)

4. Rosato - Blow Mould Design – Hanser Publications (1972)

5. M.V. Joshi - Extrusion Die Design –Macmillan India ltd (1992)

1. J. Harry Dubois &Waying I. Prible - Plastic mould engineering hand book (1982)

2. Laszlosors – Plastic Mould Engineering – Pergamon press (1967)

3. Robert A Malloy – Plastic part design for injection Moulding – Hanser (1994)

4. Chereminishroff -.Product Design and Testing of Polymeric Material – Hanser (1992)

5. Levy - Plastics Product Design Hand Book – Van nostrand reinhold Co. (1977)

6. Dominick V Rosato and Donald V Rosato - Injection Moulding Handbook (1985)

7. Ralph.E.Wright – Moulded Thermosets – Hanser Publishers (1991)

8. Klaus stoeckhert – Mould making Handbook for Plastic Engineers – Hanser (1983)

9. Pauk.A.Tres – Designing Plastic parts for assembly – Hanser (1994)

10. Walter Michaeli – Extrusion Dies - 2nd Ed- Hanser (1992)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………


Sub: MOULD TECHNOLOGY

Code:

Sl No.

Chapters

Marks to be

answered

Marks on

question

paper

Fill in

blanks &

short notes

All chapters

10

10

Unit 1

Unit II

MOULD MATERIALS & MOULD

DESIGN FOR PART REQUIREMENT

MOULD DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS,

FEED, EJECTION & COOLING

SYSTEM

30

45

Unit III

Unit IV

NJECTION MOULD DESIGN

COMPRESSION AND TRANSFER

MOULD DESIGN

30

45

V

BLOW MOULD & EXTRUSION DIE

DESIGN

30

45

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

.



CODE:




1x5=5

i) …………..runners to be used for multi cavity mould.

ii. …………………is the line where two mould halves join.

iii. For circular article ……….gate is used.

iv. T die is used for manufacture of ………………..

v. Control of wall thickness of parison is called ……………..

b). Write a short note on hot runner mould

5marks

PART – A


2 a) Explain in brief the balancing of runners.

5marks

b) Write the properties of low, medium, high alloy steel

10marks

3. a) Write the reasons for positioning of proper vent in the mould

5marks

b) Discuss different types of gating systems

10marks

4. a) Describe the warpage problem and give its remedies

5marks

b) Explain various types of cooling systems in mould

10marks

PART – B


5. a) Discuss different types of transfer moulds

5marks

b) Explain any two types of compression moulds with diagram

10marks

6. a) Describe clamping pressure

5marks

b) Describe two plate & three plate injection moulds with neat sketch

10marks

7. a) Explain various types of mould heating system

5marks

b) Discuss about single and multi daylight moulds

10marks

PART –C


8. a) Explain in brief parison programming

5marks

b) Describe the blown film die with a neat sketch

10marks

9. a) Explain parting line and pinch off design

5marks

b) Describe coat hanger die with a neat diagram

10marks

10. a) Explain the spider or axial flow head design

5marks

b) Describe pipe die with a neat sketch

10marks

………………………………………



BANGALORE

THIRD SEMESTER


SUB: CHEMICAL ENGINEERINGLAB

CODE:






CHEMICAL

ENGINEERINGLAB

Hours

/ week

Hours /


6 6X16=96 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125




1. Orifice meter 1

2 Venturi meter 1

3 Pitot tube 1

4 Centrifugal Pump 1

5 Pressure drop through pipes 1

6. Weir’s & Notches 1

7. Double Pipe heat exchanger 1

8 Coil tube heat exchanger 1

9 Atmospheric tray dryer 1

10. Leaching apparatus 1

11. Screen / Sieves 2

12 . Jacketed vessel with out stirrer 1


1. Study and operations of Orifice meter

2. Study and operations of Venturi meter

3. Study and operations of Pitot meter

4. Study and operations of Centrifugal meter

5. Determination of pressure drop through pipes

6. Study and operations of Weirs & Notches meter

7. Study of operation of Double pipe heat exchanger

8. Study and operations of Coil heat exchanger meter

9. Study the drying characteristics of Tray dryer

10. Study and operations of Leaching

11. Determination of Screen effectiveness

12. Study and operations of Jacketed vessel with out stirrer

Objectives:

• In this practical subject the students are required to learn fluid mechanics, pumps, hydraulics

and their importance.

• This practical subject also impart them requisite knowledge in heat transfer, pressure drop

through coil, drying , sieves and other chemical engineering principles.

……………………………………………………………………………………………….

Reference Manuals:

1. Chemical Engineering Manuals by W.L. Mc Cabe & J.C. Smith

2. Chemical Engineering Manuals by W.L. Badger & J.T.Banchero

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…


SUB: CHEMICAL ENGINEERING LAB

CODE:

SL NO

TOPICS

MARKS

1.

Procedure Writing

15

2.


25

3


35

4

Viva-voce

20

5.

Records

05

TOTAL

100

……………………………………………………………………………………

CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL - I

III SEMESTER

CHEMICAL /POLYMER TECHNOLOGY ENGINEERING

6 Hrs/Week

96Hrs/SEM

SECTION – A

I Preparation of Standard solutions

1. Hydrochloric Acid

2. Sulphuric Acid

3. Sodium Hydroxide solution

4. Sodium Carbonate solution

5. Oxalic acid solution

6. Potassium permanganate solution

7. Potassium dichromate solution

8. Ferrous sulphate solution

9. Ferrous ammonium sulphate solution

10. Sodium thiosulphate solution

II Standardisation of prepared solutions and estimation of the amount in 250cm3 of its

solution

1. HCl by Na2CO3

2. H2SO4 BY NaOH

3. NaOH by H2SO4 . 2H2O

4. Na2CO3 by HCl

5. H2C2O4 . 2H2O by Na2CO3

6. KMnO4 by H2C2 O4 2H2O

7. K2Cr2 O7 by FeSO4(NH4)2.SO4.6H2O

8. FeSO4 by K2Cr2O7

9. FeSO4(NH4)2.SO4.6H2O by K2Cr2 O7

10. Na2S2 O3 by K2Cr2O7

III Link Titrations

Estimation of the mass of given substance present in of its solution using standard

solution in turn i.e. standarised by a standard solution prepared 15

hrs

1. NaOH v/s HCl v/s Na2CO3

2. FeSO4 v/s KMnO4 v/s H2C2O4

3. KMnO4 v/s FeSO4 (NH4)2 SO4.6H2O v/s K2Cr2 O7

4. CuSO4 v/s Na2S2O3 v/s K2Cr2 O7

5. I2 v/s Na2S2O3 v/s K2Cr2O7

SECTION – B

Instrumental Methods of analysis 30

hrs

1. Conductometric estimation of HCl using standard NaOH solution

2. Colourimetric estimation of copper in copper sulphate

3. Using spectrophotometer

4. Determination of PKa value of weak acid by using PH meter (Digital)

5. Potentiometric estimation of Ferrous ammonium sulphate by standard potassium

dichromate solution using potentiometer

6. To determine the relative surface tension of liquid with respect to water at room

temperature by using stalagmometer apparatus

Test 04 Hrs

Total 96 Hrs

DIPLOMA IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING/POLYMER TECHNOLOGY

CHEMISTRY – I

LIST OF EQUIPMENTS REQUIRED

1. Burettes 50 ml 50 nos




5. Pipettes 05 ml 10 nos

6. Graduated Pipettes 10ml 10 nos



9. Burette stand with clamp 50 nos




13. Leibigs condenser 20 nos

14. Distillation set 05 nos

15. Funnels 25 nos

16. Separating funnels 25 nos

17. Watch Glass 6”,3”,3” 50 each

18. Wash bottles plastics 50 nos

19. Tripod stand 50 nos

20. Wire gauge 50 nos

21. Melting point apparatus 06 nos

22. Boiling Point apparatus 06 nos

23. Silica Cracible with lid 30 nos

24. Buchnar funnel 10 nos

25. Glass Ejectors 20 nos

26. Sucction pump 20 nos

27. Aspirator bottles 01

28. Glass tubes 5mm dia 2 kg

29. Burners 20 nos

EQUIPMENTS FOR INSTRUMENTAL METHODS OF ANALYSIS

1. Conductivity cell apparatus (electrode with digital display) 06 nos

2. Digital PH meters (Glass Electrode with digital display) 06 nos

3. Digital electronic balance (with 0.0002g accuracy) 300g capacity 02 nos

4. Spectrophotometer for Colourimeteric estimation 06 nos

5. Potentiometer with calomel electrode digital display 06 nos

6. Stalagmometer apparatus for surface tension measurement 10 nos

7. Magnetic Stirrer 06 nos

8. Electric Centrifuger 01 no

9. Solvent extracting apparatus (multistage) 04 nos

10. UPS 2 kw/hr 01 no

…………………………………………………………………………………


1. Instrumental Approach – A.K Srinivas & P.C. Jain Publisher- S.Chand

2. Vogal Qualitative Inorganic Analysis (7th Edition) –Vogal

3. Practical Chemistry –O.P.Pandey, D.N.Vajpayee,S.Giri

4. Allied Practical Chemistry- V. Venkateshwaram, R.Veeraswamy, A,.R.Kulandaivelu

…………………………………………………………………………………………….

PRACTICALS

CHEMISTRY LAB – I

Time – 3 hrs Max. Marks 100

SCHEME OF VALUATION

1. Record submission 05

2. Procedure writing 15

3. Oral 20

4. Systematic conducting of experiment 40 (20+20 from section A & Section B)

5. Calculation and result 20 (10 +10) (Section A & Section B)

Total 100

FIFTH SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN POLYMER TECHNOLOGY Scheme of study and examination


Sl

no

Q P

Code

Theory subjects Contact hours Exam

duratio

n

Scheme of

examination

Total

marks

Min

marks

for

passing Thy Practical Total Max

mark

s

Min

mark

s

I.A

marks

1 9PO61 Plastic Processing

Technology

4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

2 9PO62 Rubber Processing

Technology

4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

3 9PO63 Engineering

Chemistry

4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

4 9ME51 Basic Management

Skills and Indian

Constitution. 4

4 3 100 35 25 125 45

Practicals 5 9PO64P CASP 6 6 3 50 25 75 125 60

6 9PO65P Polymer Science

lab – II

6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

7 9PO66P Polymer Testing

Lab-I

6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

8 9PO67P Project Report* and

Industrial Visit

3 3 ---- --- --- 25 --- ---

Total 16 21 37 21 650 265 250 875 360

*Note: End exam for project will be at the end of sixth semester


BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION BANGALORE

Fifth Semester


SECTION-I

Sub: PLASTICS PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY Code:






PLASTICS PROCESSING

TECHNOLOGY

Hours

/ week

Hours /


4 4X16=64 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125


UNIT TOPIC TIME

(Hrs)

I COMPRESSION, TRANSFER MOULDING & EXTRUSION 12

II INJECTION MOULDING 12

III BLOW MOULDING & THERMOFORMING 12

IV ROTATIONAL MOULDING, CALENDERING & FOAMS 12

V FINISHING & JOINING OF PLASTICS 6

VI ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN & NEW DEVELOPMENTS 6

Revision, Test 4

Total 64

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT-I: COMPRESSION, TRANSFER MOULDING & EXTRUSION (12 hours)

Introduction to compression moulding process - types of compression press (2 types - up and

down) - moulding cycle - trouble shooting, raw material characteristics, process parameters.

Basic principle of transfer moulding process - types of transfer moulding process - pot and

plunger types - moulding cycle - comparison of compression moulding process versus

transfer moulding process.

Basic principle of extrusion - extrusion process - barrel - screw nomenclature - L/D ratio -

compression ratio - screen pack - breaker plate - types of extruder - single screw extruder -

multi screw extruder - sizing unit - winding and cutting unit – process parameters-

troubleshooting - limitations of extrusion process.

UNIT-II: INJECTION MOULDING (12 hours)

Basic principles of injection moulding process and moulding materials – types of injection

moulding machines - plunger type machine - reciprocating screw type machine - injection

unit - construction and design features of screw - barrel - nozzles - nozzle shut off valve -

(any one) - heating system - band heaters etc., - clamping unit - clamp types - toggle system -

hydraulic system - day light - clamping pressure - tie bar - injection moulding process control

- screw control, clamping pressure control - process parameters - temperature, pressure -

Injection rate - hold on time - specification of injection moulding machine - determination of

shot capacity - plasticization capacity - trouble-shooting - elementary knowledge of injection

moulding for thermo sets - elementary knowledge of RIM.

UNIT-III: BLOW MOULDING & THERMOFORMING (12 hours)

Basic principles of blow moulding process and materials-applications - production of parison

- parison programming - extrusion blow moulding process - injection blow moulding process

- injection stretch blow moulding process - troubleshooting.

Basic principle of thermoforming - thermoforming materials - clamping of sheets - heating

sources - radiant - contact heating - mould - draw ratio of sheet - thermoforming techniques -

vacuum forming - plug assist forming - drape forming - bubble or blister forming – matched

mould forming- advantages and limitations of thermoforming - troubleshooting.

UNIT IV: ROTATIONAL MOULDING, CALENDERING & FOAMS ( 12 hours)

Rotational moulding - Basic process and materials - types of rotational moulding

machines- Applications of rotational moulding - Advantage and disadvantages - trouble

shooting -Elementary knowledge of slush moulding.

Basic principles of calendaring process and materials - types of calendars - temperature

control of calendar rolls - cored rolls - peripherally drilled rolls - sheets thickness control

arrangements - gauge control – roll bending - crowing effect.

Introduction to plastic foaming process - Structural foam moulding – Low pressure and high

pressure moulding - Applications.

UNIT V: FINISHING &JOINING OF PLASTICS (6 hours)

Introduction - Finishing of plastics - Filling, grinding, buffing, drilling, turning, slitting - de

flashing etc. Casting- metalizing - Electroplating .

Joining of plastics: Cementing, welding (hot plate welding), and Adhesive bonding.

UNIT VI: ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN & NEW DEVELOPMENT (6 hours)

Environmental issues in processing: Review on volatile emission and material recovery,

waste management, scrape recycling.

New development: Computerized process control; temperature, pressure, flow controls etc

SECTION-II

General objectives:


• Compression moulding process and moulding cycle

• Principle of transfer moulding process and types of transfer moulding process

• Comparison of compression moulding process versus transfer moulding process.

• Principle of extrusion

• Principles of injection moulding process

• Specification of injection moulding machine

• Knowledge of injection moulding for thermosets and RIM

• Principles of blow moulding process and the importance of parison programming

• Principle of thermoforming and its advantages and limitations

• Process and materials involved in Rotational moulding process.

• Principles of calendaring

• Knowledge about the secondary operations done on plastics products.

• Knowledge of environmental aspects and new developments

Specific objectives:-


UNIT – I:-

• Explain compression and transfer molding process

• Give trouble shooting guide for compression molding process

• Compare compression and transfer molding process

• List out different types of extruders

• Describe principle of extrusion process

UNIT – II:-

• Describe injection molding process

• Explain construction features of screw, barrel, nozzle shut off valve, heating system

etc.

• Differentiate between toggle and hydraulic clamping system

• List out process parameters and give their effect on product quality

• Give trouble shooting guide for injection molding process

UNIT – III:-

• Explain blow molding process

• List and explain different types of blow molding process

• Describe parison programming

• Give troubleshooting guide for blow molding

• Describe thermoforming process

• Explain different types of thermoforming process

• Give troubleshooting guide for thermoforming

UNIT – IV:-

• Explain principle of rotational molding machine

• Describe different types of rotational molding machines

• Give troubleshooting guide for rotational molding process

• Explain calendaring process

• List out different types of calendars

• Explain different types of foaming processes

UNIT – V:-

• Explain finishing operation for plastics

• Describe different joining processes for plastics

• Explain electroplating process

• Explain metalizing process

UNIT-VI:-

• Describe effect and control of volatile emission

• Explain plastic recycling techniques

• Discuss explain the computerized process control in plastic industries

Text Books:

1. D.H.Marton, Jones - Polymer Processing – Chapman and Hall (1989)

2. Irvin Rubin - Injection Moulding: Theory and Practice – Wiely, (1972).

Reference Books:

1. E.C.Bernhardt – Processing of Thermoplastics Materials – Reinhold, New York.

2. J.S.Walker & E.R.Martin - Injection Moulding of Plastics–Butterworths, London.

3. Bown,J - Injection Moulding of Plastics Components – McGraw-Hill (1979).

4. Holmes–Walker,W.A – Polymer Conversion, Applied Science Publishers- (1975)

5. John D. Beadle – Plastics Forming – Macmillan, London (1981)

6. Fisher, E.G - Blow Moulding of Plastics – Iliffe, London (1991)

7. Saravanan, S.T – Basics of Plastics Processing – MaJeaMa Publishers (2007)

8. Elden,R.A. and Swann,A.D - Calendering of Plastics – Iliffe, London (1991)

9. James E.S., Margolis - Decorative of Plastics – Hanser Publishers (1986)

10. Gleann L Beall – Rotational Moulding – Hanser Publishers (1998)

SECTION-III


Sub: - Plastics Processing Technology

Code:-

Sl. No. Chapters Marks to be

answered

Marks on question

paper

Fill in the blanks

and short notes

All chapters

10

10

UNIT I Compression,

transfer molding

and extrusion

30

45

UNIT II

UNIT III

Injection molding

Blow molding and

thermoforming

30

45

UNIT IV

UNIT V

UNIT VI

Rotational molding,

Calendaring and

foams

Finishing operations

and joining of

plastics

Environmental

concern & new

development

30

45


Sub: - Plastic Processing Technology Code:-

Time: - 3 hrs Max marks: - 100

N.B:- Question no. 1 is compulsory which carries 5+5 marks for fill in the blanks and short

notes

1. a) Fill in the blanks with suitable words 5

i) …………….. type of die is used for extrusion of films

ii) Calendaring process is used to manufacture ………… type of products.

iii) Disposable plastic products are manufactured by ……….. Process.

iv) L/D ratio of plastic extruder is …………………

v) Screen pack is mounted in extruder die to remove ……………..

b) Write a short note on L/D ratio 5

PART – A

N.B:- Answer any 2 full questions from this part which carries 15 marks for each question

2. a) Compare compression and transfer molding process. 5

b) Explain pot type transfer molding process with a neat sketch. 10

3. a) Explain the following terms 5

i) Compression ratio ii) screen pack

b) Discuss twin screw extruder with neat sketch. 10

4. a) Describe in brief about basic principle of compression molding process 5

b) Give troubleshooting guide for transfer molding process 10

PART - B

N.B:- answer any two full questions from this part

5. a) Differentiate between toggle and hydraulic clamping systems 5

b) Explain extrusion blow molding process with a neat sketch 10

6. a) Describe parison programming 5

b) Give troubleshooting guide for injection molding process 10

7. a) Describe vacuum forming process 5

b) Explain stretch blow molding process with neat sketch 10

PART - C

N.B:- Answer any 2 full questions from this part

8. a) Give various applications of rotational molding process 5

b) Explain finishing operations for plastics 10

9. a) Draw neat sketch of 3 roll calendar 5

b) Explain structural foam molding 10

10. a) Give advantages and disadvantages of rotational molding process 5

b) Write short note on the following 10

i) Volatile emissions in plastic processing

ii) Computerized temperature control in injection moulding



Fifth Semester


SECTION-I

Sub: RUBBER PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY Code:






RUBBER PROCESSING

TECHNOLOGY

Hours

/ week

Hours /


4 4X16=64 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125


UNIT TOPIC TIME

(Hrs)

I INTRODUCTION TO RAW MATERIAL, COMPOUND AND

BLANK PREPARATION

6

II CALENDARING AND EXTRUSION 14

III PROCESSING MACHINERIES USED FOR MIXING 14

IV VALCANISATION TECHNIQUES 14

V FINISHING OPERATIONS 6


Revision, Test 4

Total 64

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO RAW MATERIAL, COMPOUND AND BLANK

PREPARATION (6 hours)

An introduction to the compound preparation and blank preparation for the subsequent

processing, A brief introduction to the raw material and their characteristic.

UNIT II: CALENDARING AND EXTRUSION. (14 hours)

Theory and applications of the following processes are to be discussed:

a) Compression moulding – types of compression press- up stroke and down stroke press

– process parameter and moulding defects, causes and their remedies.

b) Calendaring - 3 roll and 4 roll calendars and their configurations, principle and

operation of calendars, process parameters, fractioning and skim coating process,

calendaring defects and their remedies. Spreading of fabrics.

c) Extrusion – types of extruders used – hot feed and cold feed extruders, constructional

features, importance of screw, L/D ratios. Principles and operations, process

parameters, extrusion defects, causes, and their remedies, curing of extrudates.

UNIT III: PROCESSING MACHINERIES USED FOR MIXING (14 hours)

Processing machineries used for mixing – two roll mill (open mill) – mixing mill, cracking

feeding mill, warming mill, batch-off-mill internal mixer (Banbury, intermix, kneader)

continuous mixers, mixing sequences and parameters to be controlled for good quality mix.

UNIT IV: VULCANISATION TECHNIQUES (14hours)

Basic reactions involved in vulcanisation, different vulcanisation system such as conventional

(CV), efficient (EV) and semi efficient (SEV) system, determination of cure time, curing

presses used such as hydraulic press, tyre press, auto clave curing, hot air oven, steam curing

and continuous curing methods such as liquid curing, fluidized bed curing, steam tubes and

roto-curing etc. microwave curing method (continuous vulcanization).

UNIT V: FINISHING OPERATIONS. (6 hours)

Post cure operations, flash removal technique, surface finishing mould maintenance and

handling of moulds, mould change operations,

UNIT VI: ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN & NEW DEVELOPMENT (6 hours)

Environmental concern: scrap tyre disposal problems; Uses of scrap tyre-fuel, stream &

power generation, Characterisation of physicochemical treatment of waste water treatment

from rubber processing factory.

New development: modified elastomaric asphalt emulsion product (Trowel grade)

SECTION-II

General objectives:-

On completion of study of the subject students will be able to:

• Know the raw material and their characteristics and understand the compound and

blank preparation

• Know the extrusion and calendaring process

• Understand the mixing mill and their construction

• Know the use of different vulcanization equipments

• Understand the finishing operation involved

• Know the environmental concerns in rubber processing

• Know the new developments in processing of rubber

.


On completion of the study of this subject students will be able to:

UNIT I:-

• List the raw material required

• State the characteristics of the material

• Explain the compound preparation

• Describe the blank preparation for the subsequent processing

UNIT II:-

• Explain the working of calendar

• State the application of calendaring process

• List the defects and remedies in the calendaring process

• Identify the parts of single screw extruder

• Explain the working of an extruder

• State types of extruder

• State application of extruder

• List the defects and remedies

• Explain the curing of extrudates

• Describe the compression moulding and discuss principles of compression moulding

UNIT III:-

• Describe the construction of two roll mill

• Explain the operation of two roll mill

• Explain working of Banbury mixer

• Define friction ratio

• Describe the operation of continuous mixer

• Discuss the mixing sequences and parameter to be controlled for good quality mix

UNIT IV:-

• List the vulcanization equipments

• Explain the conventional vulcanization method

• Describe the continuous curing method

• Explain the operations of hydraulic and tyre press

• Explain the autoclave hot air oven and steam curing methods

UNIT V:

• Explain post cure operations

• Describe mould maintenance and handling of moulds

• Discuss flash removal technique and surface finishing techniques

UNIT VI:

• Discuss scrap tyre disposal problems

• Explain the uses of scrape tyre

• Discuss new developments in rubber processing

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Rubber Technology and Manufacture by C.M blow botter worth 1982

2. The Vender Bilt rubber hand book by B.T vender bilt co. Inc.

3. D.I.R.I - Book of Rubber Processing and Engineering.

4. Books.google.com

SECTION-III


Sub: Rubber processing Technology

Code:


answered

Marks on question

paper

Fill in the blanks

and short notes

ALL CHAPTERS 10 10

UNIT I

UNIT II

INTRODUCTION

TO RAW

MATERIAL,

COMPOUND AND

BLANK

PREPARATION

CALENDARING

AND EXTRUSION.

30 45

UNIT III

PROCESSING

MACHINERIES

USED FOR MIXING

30 45

UNIT IV

UNIT V

UNIT VI

VULCANISATION

TECHNIQUES

FINISHING

OPERATIONS

ENVIRONMENTAL

CONCERN & NEW

DEVELOPMENT

30 45


Sub: Rubber Processing Technology Max marks: 100

Code:

Time: 3 hrs

N.B:- Question no.1 is compulsory which caries 5+5 marks for fill in the blanks and short

notes.

1. a) Fill in the blanks with suitable words 5

i) Mixing mill rolls are made by ……………….

ii) Size of the extruders are determined by ……………..

iii) Silicone rubber is used to produce ………….. resistance rubber

product

iv) PBN is used as a ………………. in rubber compound

v) ……………… is a main part of the internal mixer

b) Write short notes on cold feed extruder 5

PART – A

Answer any two full questions from this part which carries 15 marks for each question

2. a) List the different types of calendars and its applications 5

b) Explain the spreading operation with a neat sketch 10

3. a) Describe the compression moulding 5

b) Discuss the important parts of hot feed extruder and explain construction features,

working principle with neat diagram. 10

4. a) Name the 5 rubber chemicals used in rubber industry and explain one of them briefly

5

b) Draw a neat sketch of Z type calendar and explain rubber coating on to the

fabric on both sides at a time

10

PART - B


5 a) Discuss lubrication system of mixing mill 5

b) Explain the working principle of the two roll mixing mill with the neat diagram

10

6 a) Explain the following

i) Friction ratio

ii) Water cooling system in a mixing mill 5

b) Draw a neat sketch of internal mixer and explain construction features and

working principle 10

7 a) Explain the operation of continuous mixer 5

b) Describe the mixing sequence and parameters to be controlled for good quality rubber

product 10

PART - C


8 a) Explain the post curing operation and flash removal technique 5

b) Discuss the following 10

i) Hot air oven

ii) Autoclave

9 a) Describe the continuous curing method 5

b) Explain the operation of hydraulic press and tyre press 10

10 a) Briefly explain chemical surface treatment and trimming of rubber product 5

b) Write short notes on the following: 10

i) New developments in rubber processing

ii) Disposal of scrap tyres



Fifth Semester


SECTION-I

Sub: ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY Code:






ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY

Hours

/ week

Hours /


4 4X16=64 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125


UNIT TOPIC TIME

(Hrs)

I ENERGY SOURCE

10

II CORROSION AND ITS CONTROL

10

III

ELECTROPLATING

12

IV WATER TREATMENT

10

V PAINTS, VARNISHES AND DISTEMPERS

12

VI ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS & CONTROL 6

Revision, Test 4

Total 64

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT-I: ENERGY SOURCE (10 hours)

Chemical Fuels:

Introduction - classification of fuels-comparison between solid, liquid and gaseous fuels.-

bomb calorimeter–theoretical calculations of calorimeter- valve of fuel, cracking-reforming.

Solar Energy: Introduction- classifications of solar energy-advantages and disadvantages of

solar energy- -PU cell-construction and working of PU cell, solar panel and solar array-

applications of solar energy - application of PV cell-preparation of semiconductors.

UNIT-II: COROSSION AND ITS CONTROL (10 hours)

Introduction -some important definition -Dry or chemical erosion-mechanism of wet or

chemical erosion -galvanic corrosion -convention cell corrosion -water line corrosion -

stress corrosion -galvanic series-factor influencing corrosion -corrosion control.

Protective coatings: Introduction -metallic coatings.

UNIT-III: PROTECTIVE COATINGS & ADHESIVES

(12hours)

Introduction, Metallic coatings, Electroplating-Methods of cleaning articles before electrode

position-electroplating methods – some electroless plating - advantages of electro less

painting over electroplates - some other metallic coatings-

Adhesives: Adhesive action– development of adhesive strength – classification of adhesives.

Thermosetting synthetic resins, PF resin, UF resin, Epoxy resin, natural resin adhesives,

starch adhesives, Vegetables glue, Animal glue.

UNIT IV: WATER TREATMENT (10 hours)

Introduction – characteristics imparted by impurities in water – hardness of water –

equivalent of calcium carbonate – units of hardness – disadvantages of hard water -scale and

sludge formation in boilers- – caustic embrittlement – Boiler corrosion – priming and

foaming –softening methods – distillation of Brackish water – flash evaporator – drinking

water – municipal water –

UNIT V: PAINTS, VARNISHES AND DISTEMPERS (12Hours)

Introduction – painting – characteristics of an ideal paint – pigment volume concentration

number- ingredients of an oil borne paint - types of paints, painting on different surfaces-

Failure of paint, defects in painting

Varnishing – characteristics of an ideal varnish, ingredients of a varnish, types of

varnishes, process of varnishing, Distempering, properties of distempering, wall paper, white

washing, color washing.

UNIT VI: ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS & CONTROL: (6 Hours)

Hazardous chemical with ill effects, sewage treatment - water sewage treatment .

SECTION-II General Objectives:

• To know the various fuels, energy sources

• To know about solar energy

• To understand corrosion and its control

• To know protective coating and their applications

• To know about paints, varnishes and distempers

• To understand the water treatment process


Unit I:-

• Define chemical fuel

• What is meant by calorific value of a fuel?

• What is meant by calorific value of a fuel?

• Distinguish between gross and net calorific value of a fuel

• Give examples of artificial fuels

• What are the characteristics of a good quality coal?

• What is meant by a photovoltaic cell?

• Mention important applications

• write short note on i) solar furnace ii) Solar cooker iii) Solar heater iv) Solar

furnace v) Solar power plant.

Unit II

• Define corrosion

• 2. What is meant by rusting of iron

• What is rust

• What is dry corrosion?

• Explain wet corrosion

• Explain electrochemical corrosion

• Explain galvanic corrosion

• Explain anodic & cathosdic protection

• What are the factors which affect corrosion

• What is galvanization

• Explain the methods of controlling corrosion

Unit III

• To know characteristics of ideal paint

• What are different types of paints

• What are ingredients of a varnish Explain characteristics of an ideal varnish

• Explain properties of distemper

• What are various types of paints

• Explain defects in painting

Unit IV

• Name the chief sources of water

• What is the cause for alkalinity of natural water

• Name the impurities present in natural water

• Name substances used for sterilization of water

• Differentiate between scale & sludge

• Define p.p.m.

• Distinguish between hard water a & soft water

• What is sewage

• What is the importance of BOD measurement

• What is the importance of dissolved oxygen

• Distinguish between primary and secondary treatment

• Why water is softened before using using in boilers?

Unit V

• Explain characteristics of an ideal paint

• List out ingredients of an oil paint

• Describe painting on different surfaces

• Explain defects in painting

• Explain characteristics of and ideal varnish

• Discuss the process of varnishing

• Write short note on distempering, white washing and colour washing

UNIT VI

• Write short note on ill effects of hazardous chemicals

• Explain water treatment in brief

Text Books:

Engineering chemistry By: Jain and Jain

Reference Books:

1. Engineering Chemistry by Shashi chavla

2. A Text Book of Chemistry for Engineering students. ...B.S. Jai Prakash, R. Venugopal,

3. Chemicals from Petroleum- A. L. Waddams, John Murray

4. Paints and Varnishes (1905). Author: Hoff, J. N. (John Norwood),

5. The Technology of Paints, Varnishes & Lacquers-Ed –Morgan & Martens, Reinhold

6. Books.google.com

SECTION-III


Sub: - ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY

Code:-


answered

Marks on question

paper

Fill in the blanks

and short notes

All chapters 10 10

UNIT I

UNIT II

Energy source

Corrosion and its

control

30 45

UNIT III

UNIT IV

Protective coatings

& adhesives

Water treatment

30 45

UNIT V

UNIT VI

Paints, varnishes

and distempers

Environmental

Hazards & control

30

45


SUB: ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY Code:


N.B: - Question No. 1 is compulsory which carries 5+5 marks for fill in the blanks and short

notes

1. a)Fill in the blanks with suitable answer 1x5=5

i)Unit of hardness is-----

i) ------------ is an ingredient of varnish

ii) ----------- causes permanent hardness to water

iii) Example for wet corrosion is ---------

iv) Adhesives are made from ------------

b) Write short note on solar energy 5

PART – A

Note- Answer any two questions from the following

2. a) What are the characteristics of a good fuel, Give the classification of fuels 10

b) Explain galvanic corrosion 5

3. a) Define calorific value and explain bomb calorimeter 10

b) Explain electro chemical corrosion 5

4. a) What are the advantages of solar energy, give two applications of solar energy

10

b) What are the factors influencing corrosion 5

PART –B


5. a)Explain methods of cleaning articles before electro deposition 10

b)Explain characteristics of an ideal paint 5

6. a) Explain disadvantages of hard water 10

b) Explain characteristics imparted by impurities in water 5

7. a) Explain sewage treatment 10

b) Explain distillation of brackish water 5

PART – C


8. a) Write the advantages of electro less plating over electroplating 10

b) Write the characteristic of an ideal varnish 5

9. a)Explain electroplating method 10

b) Explain defects in painting 5

10. a) Write short note on scale and sludge 10

b) Explain hazardous chemicals ill effects 5


Fifth Semester

COMMUNICATION AND ANALYSIS SKILL DEVELOPMENT ROGRAMME

(CASP)

HOURS/WEEK: 06 TOTAL HOURS: 96

Competence to be developed in learners:

I. To present orally any topic of the student’s interest to the rest of the class without the

assistance of media or any other aid (only talk) for at least 10 minutes creating interest

in the listeners and sustaining the interest with a meaningful conclusion.

II. To prepare a study report on any product/service in comparison with another one that is

comparable from technical specification to customer satisfaction.

III. To present with the aid of slides (6 to 10) about the study conducted above to the rest of

the class in about 10 minutes with the use of print for information and slides for graphs,

pictures, images, video and animations etc.

Note to teachers:

• A teacher may guide only 6 to a maximum of ten students per year. This is to ensure

active participation of each learner.

• All 96 hours need NOT be contact hours by the teacher. Students may be encouraged

to do activities on their own with peer group to ensure higher level of participation.

• There are ten different tasks to be completed in the course of 96 hours. On

completion of each task, record the result and the marks along with the initials of the

learner for future reference, inspection and evaluation.

• A few activities are suggested under each task. Teachers can improvise on the list and

add more activities as they progress from one batch to another.

• Students should not be compared with each other; instead they must be compared to

the standards given against each task.

• The standard suggested is minimum requirement, learners may excel. The services of

those who excel may be utilised to guide other learners to reach the suggested

minimum.

• The tasks 8, 9 and 10 may be evaluated in the presence of the total group so that

learners get the benefit of knowing the inferences made by others and even their

presentation style.

Details of tasks must be completed:

(One group consists of maximum 6 nos.)

Task 1 – Communication skills (one to one communication). 6 hrs. 5 marks. Method of achieving task: Practice in pairs through role play

Suggested activities:

1. Telephonic conversation of a Purchase manager and polymer raw material supplier.

2. An allied Polymer Products showroom person and a customer.

3. Negotiation between Polymer Processing Machinery manufacturers and a technical

representative of a buyer.

4. Conversation between quality inspectors/supervisor and the production supervisor of

shop floor regarding producing quality polymer products

Standards to be met:

• Given a telephone number, a student must be able to call and gather

information from the person, sustaining the conversation for about 3 min using

proper etiquettes and report on the enquiry made about the product or service.

[e.g., call a toll free number to ask details about a product or service]

• Given a situation, a student must be able to talk to a person face to face in

simulation, gather information about a product, discuss about it and also

negotiate with him in the specified time (here, time can be specified by the

teacher as per the need).

Task 2 – Communication exercise (one to many in simulation) 6 hrs. 5 marks. Method of achieving task: Student should pick a topic and make presentation

Suggested Activities:

1. A very short talk highlighting the features of a 4 wheeler radial tyre.

2. A creative advertisement sequence for a consumer product being eco friendly.

3. A debate on increasing the productivity of a polymer industry.

4. A panel discussion among students on issues related to recycling of plastics.


• Given a brochure, one must be able to study about the product and understand

it in 15 min and talk about it to his group highlighting its features and explain

it in about 3 min.

• A student must be able to identify a topic of interest for debate, initiate the

debate and carry it on, dividing the group into two based on different

perspectives(e.g., For and against the topic)

Task 3 – Listening Skills: 6 hrs. 5 marks. Method of achieving task: Listen to an advertisement and record the message

Suggested Activities:

1. View an advertisement of an alkyd paint and write down the message behind.

2. Listen to the audio in a promotional CD for about 15 minutes of any chosen product

or service. Note down points and discuss among friends.

3. View a CD of innovative safety practices observed in polymer industry for15 minutes

and write down the summary in a paragraph of 20 lines.

4. Listen to a lecture on environmental effects of rubber industries and plastic industries

and write a summary in 200 words.


• Given an audio clip or a visual of an advertisement, one must be able to listen

carefully and understand it enabling him to write the message behind it in the

specified time (say in about 5 min.).

• A student must be able to listen to a lecture or watch a CD for 15 min, noting

down the key points and write a summary in 200 words in the next 15 min.

Note: Hints taken and the summary must be hand written by the student and

documented for evaluation.

Task 4 – Reading skills: 6 hrs. 5 marks. Method of achieving task: Read commercially available literature and make

presentation


1. Read an article from a magazine about the concept of Just in time and supply chain

management techniques in polymer industry in order to control the inventory and talk

to the rest of the group in about 5 minutes.

2. Read an advertisement of a newly released tyre by company and elaborate its qualities

after collecting information from a different source like the company web site and

Rubber & Plastics journals.

3. Read an article on designing using CAD from the internet and discuss the merits.

4. Read an article on ERP packages from the internet and discuss the merits relevant to

industry

5. Read a note on usage of automated material handling system and storage retrieval

system from any technical journal and narrate in the class.


• Given an article from a journal or an advertisement from a magazine,

one must be able to comprehend it in 15 to 20 min. Later on read it

out to an audience, with proper intonation and elaborate it in the next

10 min.

• Given an article from the internet, a student must be able to gather

more information from the net about it, understand it and read it out

for an audience and narrate it.

Task 5- Writing Skills: 12 hrs. 10 marks. Method of achieving task: Prepare a resume in writing& highlighting the skill sets


1. Write a resume and a covering letter for three different jobs

1) Wanted skilled technician for a Rubber industry.

2) Wanted technician who is proficient in PVC pipe extrusion for an ISO

certified company.

3) Wanted Service Supervisor for plastic extrusion/ injection moulding plant

2. Write a synopsis for given topics such as optimising the processing parameters for

PET bottle manufacturing plant in 100 words.

3. Write a summary on the latest techniques & features of PVC floorings.

4. Write an essay on any topic related to Rubber/Plastics/Fibre industry for 150 words.


❖ Given a job advertisement, a student must be able to write a suitable

resume and a covering letter in 30 min [Advertisements can be tailor-

made by the teacher deliberately to train their students- e.g., two

different jobs like a marketing person and an assistant in a Research &

Development section and train students to prepare two resume for

these jobs highlighting different achievements of the student in co-

curricular activities to suit each job]

❖ Given a topic, a student must be able to write a synopsis or summary

or an essay in about 150 words in the stipulated time.

Note: All these have to be hand written by the learner and documented for

evaluation.

Task 6- Knowledge of using Internet: 6 hrs. 5 marks. Method of achieving task: Use the internet and perform the task identified


1. Create an e-mail id and mail to 6 others

1) Sending simple messages

2) Forwarding messages with their comments.

2. Sending message with attachments

1) Adding files as attachments

2) Adding scanned attachments.

3. Collecting data from net

1) Advanced methods available for plastic packaging applications

2) Computer application in polymer industries

4. Forwarding resumes to different jobs.


❖ Given an access to internet, one must be able to create an email ID, send

mails, forward simple mails and also mails with attachments including

scanned attachments and URL (web addresses for direct link). Also, they must

be able to collect data from different websites using internet search engines

and forward resumes to different job offering companies.

Note: Printouts of the mails, replies received and also the attachments with

date and time have to be documented.

Task 7- Oral communication: 12 hrs. 5 marks. Method of achieving task: Conduct group discussion on a specific topic and record the

discussions


1. Debate on current topic like thickness of plastic carry bags and disposal.

2. Group discussion on latest developments in plastic automotive products.

3. Discussion on qualities required for good supervisor/technician in polymer industries.

4. Debate on vocational training centres or crèche in polymer industries.


❖ Given a topic of relevance, they must be able to form groups and

discuss/debate on it. Also one must take cue and participate actively in a

group discussion . Encourage students to note down the points of discussion

and file the points in the portfolio for evaluation.

Task 8- Data analysis: 18 hrs. 10 marks. Method of achieving task: Collecting market data and analysing for meaningful

inferences


1. Collect data for any two products/machines of two different producers used in polymer

industry which includes technical details, specifications, cost and customer

satisfaction.

2. Use appropriate tools and collect data from authentic sources. Depending on the

source decide the number of units for collecting the data.

3. Analyse the data with a view to compare the two products/ machines.

4. Interpret the analysis for meaningful conclusions.

5. Record the whole process for any other person to verify.


❖ Given two products/equipments/service, one must collect adequate

information from an authentic source for each, like the company website or

the printed brochure and record the specifications.

❖ The maintenance of quality of the product/service needs to be studied from

personnel working at different levels in the company(3 -5 in number) for each

product/service. A set of questions needs to be prepared for collecting data.

The same questionnaire has to be used for collecting data from the personnel

mentioned above.

❖ One must compare the two products for all the parameters based on the

specifications. Also, a market survey has to be done preparing a printed

questionnaire of around 5 questions and collecting responses from 20

customers. Then, analyse the data, compare them and interpret the analysis

for meaningful conclusions.

Note: This being a comprehensive task may require few weeks to finish. The

data collected and the analysis carried out need to be documented.

Task 9-Presentation Skills: 12 hrs. 10 marks. Method of achieving task: Report the data collected and analysed through activities in

task 8.

Student should present the analysis and inferences of activities done in Task 8 for about

10 minutes supported by few slides (6 to 10) of pictures, graphs, images etc. The text

material if any may be printed and given to the audience. Discourage students from

using text material in slides.


❖ One must present the analysis done in task 8 using slides with pictures, graphs,

images etc in 10 min. The first slide may contain text only as per need but

other slides should preferably have pictures and images. Usage of graphs for

comparison and analysis is preferred. Text materials have to be given as

handouts to the audience.

Task-10- Pick & Speak: 12hrs. 5 marks. Method of achieving task: Pick and speak on any topic at spot

Suggested activities

Pick a topic from a lot and student should be allowed to speak for the duration of

2 to 3 minutes without the aid of any other media.


❖ One must be able to talk extempore for 2 min on any topic picked randomly

from the lot, given a time of two minutes for organising his/her thoughts. The

topics can be kept simple and general (current events of interest like sports

event or that day’s headline). It must be totally an oral activity without the aid

of any other media.

Suggested topics for presentation, discussion, and written & other tasks.

➢ Colour master batches

➢ Glass beads

➢ Unbreakable buckets

➢ Cellular products

➢ Radial tyre

➢ Rheometer

➢ Plastic water tanks

➢ Recycling of plastics

➢ Rubber latex tapping

➢ Reaction injection moulding

➢ Z type calendar

➢ HIPS

➢ Copolymers

➢ Industrial safety

➢ De-polymerization

➢ Polymer degradation

➢ Dipped articles

➢ Rubber covered rolls

➢ Adhesives

➢ Ebonite

➢ Nano composites

➢ Polymer blends & alloys

➢ Thermoforming

➢ Structure- properties relationship

➢ Natural fibres

FORMAT OF LOG SHEETS *

Sl.No. Date Task Progress of

Task

Initials of staff in charge and

the student

Evaluation

(as suggested in each

task)

Signature of Guide Signature of HOD

❖ All documented work as described in each task need to be filed in a portfolio

with task no.1 at the bottom and task 10 on top.

❖ The log sheet may be filed on top.

❖ Learners need to have only one portfolio which contains all original

documents. Duplicate copies need not be maintained. This is to ensure the

authenticity of data collected and the analysis conducted on the data.


(Total no. of students in one batch for end examination should not exceed 10)

1. Maintenance of portfolio & log book. 10

2. Evaluation of prepared report on all ten tasks 65

3. End examination:

A portfolio evaluation is recommended for the end examination evaluating the

record of all ten activities of each individual learner for consistency and in case of

any discrepancy the learner may be assessed on the criteria given against each

task.

Marks awarded for evaluating the portfolio - 50

Total= 125.

Note to End examination evaluators:

• Check the genuineness and authenticity of all recorded activities in the portfolio.

• The learner may be asked to do one activity of the choice of the examiner which

involves listening to instructions, writing a small paragraph of 50 words, reading it

and talking for a few minutes.

• The learner may be asked about his satisfaction of the marks awarded and in case of

any mismatch the examiner may assess his performance and alter the portfolio

assessment (here the benefit of doubt may be in favour of the learner i.e., an

improvement may be recorded but in case the examiner feels that the marks awarded

is more the same may be retained).

• Do not compare the performance of one student with that of another.

• Always compare the performance of a learner to the given standard.

• Total time taken for the evaluation of a portfolio need not exceed 15 minutes.

Recommended text book for the prescribed syllabus: Ashan Academy (2011), Communication and Analysis skills, Orient

Blackswan, Hyderabad.

References:

1. Chakravarthi K. T. & Chakravarthi L. T. (2011), Soft Skills for Managers,

biztantra, New Delhi.

2. Alex K., (2009), Soft Skills: S. Chand & company Ltd, New Delhi.

3. Pink M. A. & S. E. Thomas. : Communication Skills, S. Chand &

company Ltd, New Delhi.

4. Siddons S. (2008), Presentation Skills, Universities Press, Hyderabad.

5. Adler.: Communication : Goals and Approaches, Cengage Learning.

6. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_Language_Skills_Assessment

7. http://www.how-to-write-a-resume.org/resume_writing_examples.html

8. http://www.mindtools.com/page8.html

9. http://lorien.ncl.ac.uk/ming/Dept/Tips/present/present.html

In case during the implementation of CASP any teacher has a suggestion to improve the

learners competence concerning any one of the ten tasks please feel free to mail to the

following addresses: 1) [email protected] or 2) [email protected]



Fifth Semester


SECTION-I

Sub: POLYMER SCIENCE LAB - II Code:






http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_Language_Skills_Assessment

http://www.how-to-write-a-resume.org/resume_writing_examples.html

http://www.mindtools.com/page8.html

http://lorien.ncl.ac.uk/ming/Dept/Tips/present/present.html

mailto:[email protected]

POLYMER SCIENCE LAB

Hours

/ week

Hours /


6 6X16=96 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:-

Determination of the following properties: -

1. K-value of PVC Resins.

2. Molecular weight determination by end group analysis and viscosity method.

3. Preparation of polymer resins like polyester, PF, UF, MF.

4. Preparation by Condensation step polymerization; Epoxy resin, Nylon 6,6 and

Polyester.

5. Identification of functional groups such as COOH, OH, NH2, HCHO.

6. Confirmatory tests: - PVC, Poly styrene, Nylon, NR, SBR, Neoprene and

Silicon.

7. Determination of Epoxy equivalent value.

LIST OF EQUIPMENTS / INSTRUMENTS, MATERIAL, MANUALS REQUIRED

(FOR A BATCH OF 20 STUDENTS):


1. Conical flask 250 ml 10

2. Electronic weighing balance 2

3. Burette,25 cc pipette 10

4. Stop watch 5

5. Ostwald Viscometer 5

6. Beaker 100 ml 10

7. Oven 1

8. Round bottom flask 250 ml 10

9. Hot plate 5

10. Bunsen burner 5

11. Glass rod 20

12. Capillary tube(in various sizes) 25

SECTION-II

Objectives:

• In this practical subject, the students are required to learn the concept of K-value,

molecular weight determination by end group analyses and viscosity method

• This practical subject will also impart them requisite knowledge of preparation of

polymer resins like polyester, PF, UF, MF.

• The students will also learn to prepare polymer resins By condensation step

polymerization viz epoxy, nylon 6,6, polyester.

• This practical subject will also impart them requisite knowledge Identification and

confirmatory test

• The students will also learn to determine epoxy equivalent value


1. Experimental Polymer science by V.R.Gowarikar

2. Polymer science Lab Manual by CIPET

3. Books.google.com

SECTION-III


SUB: POLYMER SCIENCE LAB-II CODE:

SL NO

TOPICS

MARKS

1.

Procedure Writing

15

2.


25

3


35

4

Viva-voce

20

5.

Records

05

TOTAL

100



Fifth Semester


SECTION-I

Sub: POLYMER TESTING LAB - I Code:






POLYMER TESTING LAB-I

Hours

/ week

Hours /


6 6X16=96 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125


I. Testing of polymers (Rubber & Plastics) for the following properties:

1. Determination of Tensile strength

2. Determination of Hardness

3. Determination of Flex cracking and cut growth

4. Determination of Abrasion resistance

5. Determination of Rebound resilience

6. Determination of Compression set

7. Determination of Tension set

8. Determination of Impact strength ( for film & pipe)

9. Determination of Melt flow index

10. Determination of Heat distortion temperature test

11. Vicat softening temperature

12. Carbon Black content test




1. Electronic Weighing Balance 1

2. U T M 1

3. Hardness testing machine 1

4. Melt Flow Index Tester 1

5. HDT Tester 1

6. Compression/Tension set apparatus 1

7. Rebound resilience tester 1

8. Vernier Caliper 1

9. Tensile tester 1

10. Abrasion resistance tester 1

11. Falling weight and dart impact tester 1

12. Carbon black content tester 1

13. Flex fatigue tester 1

14. Thickness dial gauge 1

15. Tensile strength and abrasion resistance specimen cutter 2

SECTION-II

Objectives:

• This practical subject will impart the students the requisite practical knowledge in

rubber & plastics processing.

• The students will acquire the practical skills to conduct various tests on polymer

samples like:

1) Tensile strength test

2) Hardness, flex cracking, abrasion resistance tests

3) Compression set, Tension set tests on plastics

4) Rebound resilience

5) Melt flow index test

6) Impact strength test

7) HDT and VSP tests

8) Carbon black content

Reference:

1. Plastics Testing Lab Manual by Vishu shah

2. Identification and testing of plastics by CIPET

3. Testing of Plastics by ASTM

4. www.books.google.com

SECTION-III


SUB: POLYMER TESTING LAB -I CODE:

SL NO

TOPICS

MARKS

1.

Procedure Writing

15

2.


25

3


35

4

Viva-voce

20

5.

Records

05

TOTAL

100

SIXTH SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN POLYMER TECHNOLOGY



Sl. Q P

code

Theory subjects Contact hours Exam

duratio

n

Scheme of examination Total

marks

Min

marks

for

passing

With IA

marks

Thy Pract Total Max

marks

Min

mark

s

I.A

marks

1 9PO61 Polymer Products &

Manufacturing

4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

2 9PO62 Polymer Blends and

Composites

4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

3 9PO63 Polymer Testing 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

4 9PO64 Instrumentation and

Process Control

4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

Practicals

5 9PO65P Polymer Testing lab-

II

6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

6 9PO66P Project Report 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

Total 16 12 28 18 600 240 150 750 300



Sixth Semester


SECTION-I

Sub: POLYMER PRODUCTS AND MANFACTURING Code:






UNIT TOPIC TIME

(Hrs)

I

TYRES AND TUBES 16

II

COATED FABRICS, BELTS AND CABLES 10

III

HOSE AND FOOT WEAR 10

IV

MOLDED PRODUCTS AND LATEX PRODUCTS 10

8


POLYMER PRODUCTS &

MANUFACTURING

Hours

/ week

Hours /


4 4X16=64 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125

V PLASTIC PRODUTS

VI ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS & NEW

DEVELOPMENTS 6

Revision /Test 04

Total 64

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT-I: TYRES AND TUBES (16 hours)

Tyres: Definition, Types: Conventional (Pneumatic) – Specification of a tyre, Function of a

tyre, abbreviation used in tyre specification.

Conventional (Pneumatic) Tyres: Tubed and Tubeless tyres – bias, belted bias and radial

tyres–components –formulations-manufacturing of pneumatic tyres – tyre building- molding

and vulcanization: press curing, bag-o-matic curing, autoclave curing-after treatment.

Tubeless Tyres: Elementary idea about tubeless tyres.

Tubes: Automotive and Bi-cycle tubes - formulations - manufacture.

UNIT-II: COATED FABRICS, BELTS AND CABLES (10 hours)

Coated fabrics: fabrics, cements and dough– formulations – manufacturing of coated

fabrics– applications of coated fabrics.

Belts: Types: Conveyor belting, Transmission belting,

Conveyor belting – components, formulation, building, vulcanization - Transmission belting:

types- flat belting, components, manufacturing.

V-belts: types, components, formulations, manufacture, and vulcanization.

Cables: Types: Components, Insulation, jackets – their formulations – manufacturing of

cables.

UNIT-III: HOSE AND FOOT WEAR (10 hours)

Hose: Components: tube, reinforcement, cover - formulation of compounds for hose – types

– long length molded hose, machine made, handmade and circular woven (BRIDED) hoses-

Radiator hose-oil and petrol hose.

Rubber footwear: All rubber shoes - direct vulcanization process (DVP)fabric top footwear–

water proof foot wear – component of a foot wear - hot air vulcanized-compression moulded,

direct molding process for shoe bottoming; cellular rubber soled foot wear, solid rubber soled

foot wear, injection molded sole and heel units, microcellular soling, safety foot wear,

conductive and antistatic footwear.

UNIT-IV: MOLDED PRODUCTS AND LATEX PRODUCTS

(10hours)

Moulded Products: Formulations and manufacture of Diaphragms, oil seals, Bellows,

O-rings, play balls: Tennis, golf -components, formulation, and manufacturing - hard rubber:

formulation, manufacture, properties and applications.

Rubber to metal bonded components: Bonding methods - Metal cleaning-surface

preparation Compounds preparation for bonding, application of bonding medium, molding -

Rubber rollers: formulation for general purpose, rubber roll building and curing application

of rubber roll.

Latex products: Preparation of latex dispersion and emulsion.

Dipped goods: formulation, compounding, manufacturing of Toy balloons, rubber band,

gloves (industrial and surgical) – Threads-formulations compounding-outline of the

manufacturing methods

Latex foam: Manufacture of latex foam – Formulation, compounding and manufacturing of

pillows, mattresses and automotive seats.

UNIT-V: PLASTIC PRODUCTS (8hours)

Importance of material selections for the designing of the plastic products with respects

to general and technical requirements.

Manufacturing methods and formulations of PVC Pipes, PE films, floorings and cables.

Outline of the methods manufacturing and formulation of FRP laminates- Foams- Water

storage tanks.

UNIT-VI:ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS & NEW DEVELOPMENTS (6 hours)

Soil erosion control -seal leaking dams to prevent water ingress problems- road stabilization

Ecoflex: Biodegradable polyester; water soluble polymers; Advancement in food packaging

plastic materials.

SECTION-II

General objectives:


• Specification of a tyre.

• Function of a tyre, abbreviation used in tyre specification.

• Tubed and Tubeless tyres.

• Components, Formulations and manufacture of pneumatic tyres

• Manufacturing and applications of coated fabrics

• Components, formulation, building and vulcanization of Conveyor belts and

Transmission

• Components, formulations and manufacturing of cables.

• Formulation of compounds for hose and different types of hoses.

• Component and vulcanization of different foot wears.

• Formulations and manufacture of different moulded products like, Diaphragms, oil

seals, Bellows, O-rings, play balls etc.,

• Preparation of Rubber to metal bonded components.

• Preparation of latex dispersion and emulsion.

• Formulation, compounding, manufacturing of various latex products.

• Manufacture of latex foam.

• Formulation, compounding and manufacturing of latex pillows, automotive seats.

• Soil erosion control

• Bio-degradable polymers

Specific objectives

On completion of this subject the student will be able to

UNIT – I

• List the different types of tyre

• Describe the factors to be considered in designing tyres

• List the tyre components and manufacture process

• Discuss compounding techniques, tyre building procedure and formulation for

different tyres

• Explain the raw tyre for vulcanization, tyre moulds shaping, curing bags

• Describe the treatment of tyres

• Explain the manufacture of tubeless tyre

• Discuss the manufacture of bais belted, radial and bicycle tyre tube

UNIT – II

• List the applications of coated fabrics

• Discuss the preparation of dough and cement

• Design the formulation and explain manufacture of coated fabrics

• List the types and applications of belts

• Explain the manufacture of different types of belting and design the formulation

• State types of cables and its applications

UNIT – III

• List the different types of hose and discuss manufacture of it

• Design formulation for different types of hoses

• Describe the manufacture of different footwear components

• Explain the manufacture of all rubber shoes, canvas toped, leather, cellular soled

footwear

• Discuss the manufacture of compression molded and injection molded shoe sole and

heels

• Explain the manufacture of safety foot wear

UNIT – IV

• Explain the manufacture of diaphragms, oil seals, bellows, o-rings, play balls and

design the formula of it

• Discuss the rubber to metal bonding

• Explain the preparation of dispersions and emulsions

• Describe compounding for dipped goods

• Discuss the manufacture of dipped goods

• Explain the manufacture of hard rubber

• Design the formulation and explain the manufacture of latex foam, pillows ,

automotive seats

UNIT-V

• Discuss the important of material selection for designing the plastic products

• Explain the manufacture of PVC pipe, PE films, flooring and cables and design the

formulation

• Describe the manufacture of FRP laminates, foams and water tanks

UNIT- VI

• Discuss soil erosion control by use of polymers

• Write a short note on bio degradable polymer

• Describe water soluble polymers

Text Books:

2. Rubber Tech., and Manufacture by C.M.Blow-Plastic and Rubber Institute Butter

Worths- 1982

3. Plastics Materials and Product Testing Vol.I & II CIPET, Chennai

4. Rubber Engineering - Indian Rubber Institute - Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.

5. PVC Technology – Penn

Reference Books:

1. Plastics by JJ.Harry Dubois and Frederick W.John -Van Nostrand Reinhold Co.

2. Plastics Technology by Robert V.Milby -McGraw Hill Book Co.-1973

3. Technology of Rubber Products by G.P.Mayurya-S.B.P.Publication

4. Complete Manufacturing Details and Know-how on Tyres Tubes Hoses and Belts by

R.S.Gupta - SIRI Publications.

5. Hand Book of Rubber and Rubber Goods Industries by K.E.Dhingra - SIRI Publications.

6. Books.google.com

SECTION-III


Sub: - POLYMER PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURING Code:-


answered

Marks on question

paper

Fill in the blanks

and short notes

All chapters 10 10

UNIT I Tyre and Tubes

30 45

UNIT II

UNIT III

Coated fabrics, belts

and cables

Hose and footwear

30 45

UNIT IV

UNIT V

UNIT VI

Moulded products

and latex products

Plastic products

Environmental

concerns & new

developments

30 45


SUB: POLYMER PRODUCTS AND MANFUCTURING Code: Time: 3 Hrs Max Marks: 100


notes

I.

a) Fill in the blanks 5

i) DNPT is used as a …………… in micro cellular rubber sheet

ii) Nylon fabrics are used in belting because of its ………..tenacity.

iii) Tennis balls are pressurized by …………. And ……………..

iv)Titanium dioxide is used as a …………. In rubber compound

v) Clinch strip in the tyre considered as an…......... to the lower edge of the sidewall.

b) Write short notes on V belts. 5

PART – A

N.B: Answer any two full questions from this part.

2 a) Explain the manufacture of bais belted tyre 10

b) Discuss the factor to be considered in tyre designing 5

3 a) Explain the important components of a tyre and its functions 10

b) Describe the compounding procedure for tread rubber 5

4 a) Explain the manufacture of passenger tyre tube 10

b) Give a formulation for pneumatic tyre tube 5

PART – B

N.B: Answer any two full questions from this part

5 a) Explain the manufacture of special purpose cable using dual head extruder 10

b) Discuss the manufacture of machine made hose 5

6 a) Describe the manufacture of micro cellular hawai chappals 10

b) Give brief idea about canvas toped footwear 5

7 a) Outline the compounding procedure and manufacture method of hydraulic hose 10

b) List the applications of cables 5

PART – C

N.B: Answer any two full questions from this part

8 a) Describe the manufacture of hard rubber battery container 10

b) Discuss ebonite and semi ebonite 5

9 a) Explain the manufacture of the foam rubber mattresses 10

b) Write brief note on rubber band 5

10 a) Describe water soluble polymers 10

b) Discuss polyethylene manufacturing process 5



Sixth Semester


SECTION-I

Sub: POLYMER BLENDS AND COMPOSITES Code:






POLYMER BLENDS AND

COMPOSITES

Hours

/ week

Hours /


4 4X16=64 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125


UNIT TOPIC TIME

(Hrs)

I POLYMER BLENDS

12

II POLYMER COMPOSITES SCOPE AND MATERIALS

10

III POLYMER COMPOSITES PROCESSING

10

IV FIBRE TECHNOLOGY /SCOPE AND MATERIALS

14

V PRODUCTION OF FIBRE

08


Revision/Test 04

Total 64

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT-I: POLYMER BLENDS (12 hours)

Definition for blending, Reason for Blending-Classifications of polymer blends-methods of

blending- selection criteria of blending-polymer miscibility-factor affects on miscibility of

blends-mechanism and properties of miscible and immiscible blends-compatibilizer.

Mechanism and theory of toughening of thermoplastic and thermosets – properties and

applications with example.

UNIT-II: POLYMER COMPOSITES SCOPE AND MATERIALS

(10 hours)

Definitions-classifications of composites- raw materials used thermoplastics and thermo sets

composites and its mechanical properties- raw materials used Epoxy-unsaturated polyester

resin, vinyl ester-types of reinforcenments-manfacturing properties and applications.( silica,

calcium,talc,carbonate etc)high performance fiber(carbon,aramide and boron fiber).

UNIT-III: POLYMER COMPOSITES PROCESSING (10 hours)

Gelation time-Curing/cross link Reaction-Hand Lay Up ,Spray Lay Up and Transfer molding

of Reinforced thermosets resin-pressure and vacuum bagging process- filament winding-

pultrusion process- sheet molding compound(SMC) and Dough molding compound(DMC)-

manufacturing-advantages and disadvantages of each method.

UNIT IV: FIBRE TECHNOLOGY SCOPE AND MATERIALS (14 hours)

Concept of fiber technology-Dimensions and unit of measurements-applications of fibre in

the Rubber and plastic industry – multifilament and monofilament –applications-detailed

study of fiber properties such as mechanical ,electrical, moisture and optical properties.-

Specialty fibre-high temperature-fiber resistance-water soluble nature.

UNIT V: PRODUCTION OF FIBRE: (08 hours)

Manufacture of melt spinning, dry spinning, wet spinning, and gel spinning-conversion of

fiber to yarn and cloth-Technical aspects of processing equipment.

Bonding and weaving –applications of bonding and weavings-fabric properties such as

strength, abrasion resistance, air permeability and thermal properties.

UNIT-VI: ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN & NEW DEVELOPMENTS (06hours)

Green composites, Re-use, recycling and degradation of composites

Bio-degradable polymer blends & composites from renewable sources-blends & composites

based on cellulose & natural polymers, Starch-cellulose blends

SECTION-II

General Objectives:


• Polymer Blends, classification and reason for blending.

• Mechanism of Miscible and Immiscible blends.

• Knowledge of polymer composites.

• Different materials used to manufacture of polymer composites.

• Different processing technique used to manufacture of polymer blends.

• Principle and concept of fibers.

• Knowledge about specialty fibre.

• To know about Manufacture of fibre.

• Different processing techniques used to manufacture of fibre.

• Principle of bonding and weavings.



UNIT – I:-

• Definition of polymer blends, reason for blending, and classification of blends.

• Explain the methods of blending

• How selection criteria is made by polymer blends

• Factors effects on miscible and immiscible polymer blends

• List out different plastic –plastic and rubber – rubber blends

• Describe compatibilizer

• Explain mechanism and theory of toughening

• Give some applications of TP and TS blends with example

UNIT – II:-

• Explain, definitions of polymer composites

• List out characteristics of composites

• Explain classification of composites with block diagram

• Write advantages and disadvantages of polymer composites

• Describe different raw materials used to manufacturing of polymer composites

• Explain types of reinforcement used to manufacture of composites and their

properties and applications

UNIT – III:-

• What are the process technique used to manufacture of composites

• Explain gel time ,cure time and crosslink reaction

• Explain with diagram of hand layup process and spray layup process

• Describe RTM and their application

• Describe pressure bagging and vacuum bagging process

• Give some applications of bagging process

• Explain the process of filament winding and pultrusion process

• Differentiate SMC and DMC

• Write advantages and disadvantages of composite process techniques

UNIT – IV:-

• Explain in brief about fiber technology

• List applications of fiber in the rubber and plastics industry

• Differentiate fiber and composites

• Explain multi and monofilament fiber and their applications

• How factor affects on fiber properties , explain with graph

• What are the specialty fibers write their applications

UNIT – V:-

• What are the process techniques used to manufacture of fiber

• Explain melt, dry ,wet and gel spinning process

• How does factor affect on processing equipment

• List advantages and disadvantages of fiber

• Write properties and applications of fiber

Text Books:

1. Polymer blends- Paul and newman academic press

2. Engineering composites-John.C

3. Textile testing-- Booth

Reference Books:

1. Polymer Blends and Alloys-Ultracki(Hanser Publications)

2. Hand Book of Composites-G Lubin Van

3. Handbook of Elastomers-Stephen

4. Polymer modified Textile materials-Wypych Jerry

5. Polymer Composites-Siddaramaiha

6. Books.google.com

SECTION-III


Sub: - POLYMER BLENDS AND COMPOSITES Code:-


answered

Marks on question

paper

Fill in the blanks

and short notes

All chapters 10 10

UNIT I Polymer blends

30 45

UNIT II

UNIT III

Polymer composites

materials and

composites

processing

30 45

UNIT IV

UNIT V

UNIT-VI

Fibre Technology

scope and materials

and production

Production of fiber

Environmental blends

& composites

30 45


SUB: POLYMER BLENDS AND COMPOSITES

CODE



notes Marks

1. a) Fill in the blanks 5

i) ------ is a example of plastic-plastic blends

ii) .Dry spinning is used for ------- materials.

iii) RTM is stands for------------------

iv) The main drawback for SMC is --------.

v) ---------- is the trade name of aramide.

b) Write a short note on monofilament of fibre. 5

PART – A


2 a) Define polymer blends? Write a reason for blending? 5

b) Explain different methods of polymer blends? 10

3. a) Differentiate miscible and immiscible polymer blends 5

b) Write a mechanism of toughening of TP and TS? 10

4. a) Write a classification of polymer blends with a example? 5

b) How does factor effect on miscible polymer blends 10

PART – B


11. a) Define polymer composites? What are the materials used to manufacture of

polymer composites? 5

b) Write advantages and disadvantages of polymer composites? 10

6. a) Differentiate SMC and DMC? 5

b) Explain with neat diagram production of filament winding? 10

7. a) Explain Pressure and vacuum bag process 5

b) Write a procedure of HLU with neat diagram? 10

PART – C


8. a) Write a application of fiber in rubber and plastic industry? 5

b) Explain with neat diagram of production of wet spinning? 10

9. a) What are the different methods of investigating fiber structure, explain any one method

5

b) How does factor affects on processing techniques in case of technical aspects?

10

10. a) What do you mean by gel time ? 5

b) Write short note on the following: 10

i. Starch-cellulose blends

ii. Green composites



Sixth Semester


SECTION-I

Sub: POLYMER TESTING






POLYMER TESTING

Hours

/ week

Hours /


4 4X16=64 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125


UNIT TOPIC TIME

(Hrs)

I INTRODUCTION, MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF

POLYMER 20

II THERMAL, RHEOLOGICAL AND OPTICAL

PROPERTIES OF POLYMER 15

III

ELECTRICAL, WEATHERING PROPERTIES,

CHEMICAL PROPERTIES AND ANALYTICAL TESTS OF

POLYMER

15

IV TESTS INVOLVED DURING RUBBER

PROCESSING,TESTING OF POLYMER END PRODUCTS 10

Revision/Test 4

Total 64

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT I: INTRODICTION, MECHANICAL PROPERITES OF POLYMER (20hours)

Importance of testing - Specifications - Test specimen preparation of Polymer - Equipments

used for preparation - Standards (Brief idea only) - Conditioning procedure.

Mechanical Properties (plastic)

Short-term mechanical properties:

1. Tensile strength - Stress curve - Equipment and procedure –Factors affecting

Tensile strength.

2. Impact strength (Izod, Charpy and falling weight impact tests)

3. Shear strength - compressive strength and flexural strength

Long-term mechanical properties:

1. Creep - Equipment and procedure - Factors affecting the property.

2. Fatigue and stress relaxation - Types of fatigue tests - Factors affecting the

property.

Mechanical properties of surfaces:

1. Measurement of Hardness [durometer (Shore A & D)], and Rockwell - Factors

affecting Hardness.

2. Abrasion - equipment and procedure.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF RUBBER: Determination of tensile strength ,

elongation at break, tear strength, compression set, tension set, hardness, creep, abrasion

resistance, flex cracking resistance, ozone resistance, impact strength, ageing properties and

oil resistance, heat build up, dynamic mechanical properties.

UNIT II: THERMAL, RHEOLOGICAL AND OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF

POLYMER (15 hours)

Thermal properties: Thermal conductivity - Co efficient of thermal expansion - Heat

distortion Temperature (HDT) - Vicat Softening Point (VSP) - Melt Flow Index (MFI) –

Brittlenesspoint

Rheological Properties: Rheological properties of polymeric materials-determination of

viscosity - Rotational viscometer(ODR & MDR principle only)

Flammability tests: Flammability test for flexible Plastics - Flammability test for self-

supporting Plastics - Oxygen Index Test – Smoke density test

Optical properties: Refractive index - Light Transmittance - Haze – Gloss - Definitions and

method of determination.

UNIT III: ELECTRICAL, WEATHERING PROPERITES, CHEMICAL

PROPERTIES AND ANALYTICAL TEST OF POLYMER (15 hours)

Electrical properties: Introduction - Requirements of an insulator - Di-electric strength

- Factors affecting Di-electric strength. Di-electric constant and dissipation factor - Arc

resistance - Volume resistivity and Surface resistivity.

Weathering properties: Accelerated weathering test - Outdoor weathering test -

Significance and measurement.

Chemical properties: Immersion test - Stain resistance test - Solvent stress cracking

resistance - Environmental Stress Cracking Resistance (ESCR) - Significance and method of

determination.

ANALYTICAL TESTS: Specific gravity- density-water absorption- moisture analysis –

melting point- solubility test- significance and method of determination.

UNIT IV: TESTS INVOLVED DURING RUBER PROCESSING AND TESTING OF

POLYMER END PRODUCTS: (10 hours)

Determination of Mooney viscosity, mechanical stability, cure time (Rheometer studies),

plasticity, plasticity retention index, specification tests done for dry rubber – ash content,

VFA alkalinity, dry rubber content, total solid content of latex. Testing procedure for different products like plastic films, pipes/tubes, adhesives ect.

SECTION-II

General objectives:


• Significance and method of determination Analytical tests like Specific gravity,

Density, Water absorption, Moisture analysis, Melting point and Solubility.

• Specifications, standards and their importance.

• Principle, test procedure, standards used, significance and the factors affecting the

various mechanical properties of plastics like Short-term mechanical properties,

Long-term mechanical properties and Mechanical properties of surfaces.


various thermal properties and flammability tests.


Optical properties of plastics.

• Electrical properties, weathering properties, Chemical properties their Principle, test

procedure, standards used, significance and the factors affecting the tests.

• Product Testing methods and their importance of Pipe testing, plastic packages,

Laminates / Multilayer films, Blow moulded containers and cellular materials.

• Principle, test procedures, significance of tests involved during rubber processing

Specific objectives:

On completion of this subject student must be able to

UNIT – I:

• Explain test procedure to determine short and long term mechanical properties of

plastics.

• Give significance of tensile strength, impact strength, and flexural strength tests ect.

• State factors affecting test results.

• Explain test procedure to determine tensile strength, tear strength, hardness, abrasion

resistance, and flex cracking resistance of rubbers.

UNIT – II:

• Explain procedure to determine thermal conductivity, co-efficient of thermal

expansion, VSP, MFI, HDT.

• Explain methods to determine Rheological properties of polymer.

• Discuss flammability tests for plastics.

• Explain test procedure to determine optical properties.

UNIT – III:

• Know the requirements of an insulator.

• State the factors affecting dielectric strength.

• Explain testing procedure of dielectric strength, dielectric constant, dissipation factor

and arc resistance

• Describe the test procedure to determine the weathering and chemical properties.

• Explain test procedures of analytical tests.

UNIT – IV:

• Describe the test methods to determine Mooney viscosity, cure time, plasticity

retention index.

• Describe the test methods on natural rubber latex.

• Outline the testing procedure for plastic pipes/tubes, films, laminates, adhesive.

Text Books:

1. R.P.Brown.- Polymer testing

2. Vishu shah - Handbook of Plastic Testing Technology – Wiley Inter-science

Publications - 1998

Reference Books:

1. G.Gordon Cameron - Ellis Hand Book of Analysis of Synthetic Polymers- Honwood Ltd.,

- 1977

2. Maurice Morton - Rubber Technology - Robert E.Krieger Pub.Co.1973.

3. A.S. Athalye–Identification and testing of plastics - Multitech publishers - 1992.

4. How to identify plastics - CIPET Publication- 2003.

5. Paul Kluckow-Rubber and Plastics Testing – Chapman & Hall, London – 1963.

6. Murugan.N - Basics of Testing of Plastics – GES Publications – 2007.

7. L.E.Nielsen -Mechanical properties of Plastics – Reinhold, New York – 1962.

8. J.H.Collins -Testing and Analysis of Plastics – Plastics Institute – 1955.

9. R. P. Brown - Handbook of plastic testing methods - 1971

10. K.J.Saunders-Identification of Platics & Rubbers–Chapman & Hall – 1966.

11. M.E.Baird - Electrical Properties of polymeric materials – Plastics and Rubber Institute

London – 1973.


SECTION-III


Sub: Polymer Testing

Code:

Sl. No. chapters Marks to be

answered

Marks on question

paper

Fill in the blanks

and short notes

All chapters 10 10

UNIT I Introduction,

mechanical properties

of polymer

30

45

UNIT II Thermal, rheological

and optical properties

of polymer

30

45

UNIT III

UNIT IV

Electrical , weathering

properties and

analytical test of

polymer

Tests involved during

rubber processing and

testing of polymer end

products

30

45


Sub: Polymer Testing Max marks: 100

Code:

Time: 3 hrs


notes. Marks

1. a) Fill in the blanks with suitable words. 5

i. Melt flow index test is carried out to determine …………..

ii. Barcole hardness tester is used to determine hardness of both ……………and

……….

iii. Hardness is the ability of material to resist …………..

iv. MFI is expanded as ………….

v. VSP is expanded as ………….

b) Write a short note on refractive index of plastics. 5

PART-A


2. a) Draw a neat sketch of dumbbell shaped tensile test specimen 5

b) Explain procedure to find out tensile strength properties of plastic 10

3. a) write a short note on specifications and standards 5

b) Explain procedure to determine abrasion resistance of rubbers 10

4. a) Describe principle of hardness test for rubbers 5

b) Explain procedure to determine compression set property of rubber 10

PART - B


1. a) Write a note on rotational viscometer 5

b) Explain thermal conductivity test for plastics 10

2. a) Describe flammability test for flexible plastics 5

b) Explain procedure to determine HDT 10

3. a) Draw a neat diagram of VSP apparatus 5

b) Explain the following tests 10

i) Gloss ii) haze

PART – C

N.B: Answer any 2 full question from this part

4. a) Describe testing procedure of plastic films 5

b) Explain test procedure to determine dielectric strength of plastics 10

5. a) Give factors effecting dielectric strength test 5

b) Explain procedure to determine Mooney viscosity of rubbers 10

6. a) Describe testing of plastic pipes 5

b) Explain procedure to determine plasticity retention index 10



Sixth Semester


SECTION-I

Sub: PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL Code:






PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION

AND CONTROL

Hours /

week

Hours /


4 4X16=64 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125


UNIT TOPIC TIME

(Hrs)

I MEASUREMENT OF TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE 15

II MEASUREMENT OF FLOW AND LEVEL 12

III MEASUREMENT OF pH, HUMIDITY AND VISCOSITY 12

IV PROCESS CONTROL 15

V NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN PROCESS CONTROL 6

Revision, Test 4

Total 64

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT I: MEASUREMENT OF TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE (15 hours)

General purpose of instrumentation - Instruments for measuring temperature - Liquid and gas

filled thermometers, Bi-metallic thermometers, Electrical resistance thermometers,

Thermocouples - Principles, different types and their application -T, Radiation pyrometer and

Optical pyrometer.

Pressure measurement: Bourdon gauge-Principle, Different types of bourdon tubes,

application, Bellows type and diaphragm type - Vacuum measurement - Ionisation vacuum

gauge, Pirani gauge.

UNIT II: MEASUREMENT OF FLOW AND LEVEL: (12 hours)

Flow measurement: Orifice and Venturi meters - Rotameter - Level measurement: Visual

indicator methods - Float level indicator - Bubbler type - Displacement type level indicator -.

UNIT III: MEASUREMENT OF pH, HUMIDITY AND VISCOSITY: ( 12 hours)

pH, definition, significance-Method of measuring.

Humidity - definition of absolute and relative humidity - Measurement of humidity - Dry and

wet bulb thermometer -, Sling psychrometer.

Viscosity - Viscosity measurement - Saybolt and Redwood viscometer - Falling-ball

viscometer.

UNIT IV: PROCESS CONTROL: (15 hours)

Process Control – Principles and purpose of Feed Back Control – Feed Forward Control –

Ratio Control – Controllers – Proportional – Derivative – Integral – PI-PD-PID – Block

Diagrams – Sources of Process lag – Control applications in (i) Reactor Temperature (ii)

Reactor Pressure (iii)Heat exchanger – Temperature, Flow (iv)Distillations Column-

Temperature, Flow, Process.

UNIT V: NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN PROCESS CONTROL: ( 6 hours)

Analog Signal from processes - conversion of analog signal to digital signal in computers

computer programmes- conversion of digital signal to analog signal –

SECTION-II

General bjectives:


• Scope of Temperature and pressure measuring instruments.

• Various measuring devices.

• Types of Level meters.

• The Applications of general principles of flow measurement.

• The values behind measuring pH, humidity and viscosity and Expands knowledge on

Industrial usages.

• Automatic instrumentation and process control and finds an avenue to specialize in

process control.

• Able to keep abreast of the latest Technology used in polymer industry.

• Coordination of chemical/polymer technology and Instrumentation Engineering.

Specific objectives:


UNIT I:

• Determination of temperature of solid, liquids, and gases

• To know temperature measurement using gas filled thermometers,

• Bimetallic thermometers and electrical resistance thermometers

• Explain different types of thermocouples and their applications

• Describe principle, working and applications of radiation and optical pyrometers

• Discuss working of bourdon gauge

• Explain different types of bourdon tubes and their applications

• Describe vacuum measurement used in ionization vacuum gauge and pirani gauge

UNIT II:

• Explain construction and working of orifice meter and venturi meter and rota meter

• Describe the level measurement using visual method, float level indicator,

displacement type level indicator

UNIT III:

• Explain method of measuring Ph

• Define Ph and give its significance

• Define humidity, absolute and relative humidity

• Describe measurement of humidity by dry and wet bulb thermometers

• Define viscosity and give its significance

• Explain viscosity measurement by saybolt and redwood viscometer

UNIT IV:

• Explain importance of process control

• Describe principles and purpose of feedback control and feed forward control

• Discuss proportional, derivative and integral controllers

• Explain PI-PD-PID controllers

• Describe block diagrams

• Explain process control applications in reactor temperature

• List the process control applications in reactor pressure

• Discuss process control applications in heat exchanger and distillation column

UNIT V:

• Explain digital signal and analog signal in computers

• Describe conversion of digital signal into analog system

• Explain application of computers in process industries

• Describe any one computer controlled process

Text Books

1. Donald P.Eckman, "Industrial Instrumentation", Allied Publishers, 1982.

2. B.K.Sharma, "Instrumental methods of chemical analysis", Goel Publishing House

Private Ltd, 1991.

Reference books

1. Perry's Chemical Engineering Hand Book - Seventh edition - Robert H.Perry &

D.W.Green - McGraw Hill Book Co.,Singapore - 1997

2. Instrumental methods of analysis, H.H.Willard, et al., 4th edition, D Van Nostrand

Co., 1965.

3. Computer control of Industrial Processes - Emanuel S.Savas – McGraw Hill Book

co. Singapore

4. Plant wide process control- Kelvin T.Erickson-Wiley Interscience Publishers.


SECTION-III


Sub: Process instrumentation and control Code:


answered

Marks on question

paper

Fill in the blanks

and short notes

All chapters 10 10

UNIT I Measurement of

temperature and

pressure

30 45

UNIT II

UNIT III

Measurement of flow

and level

Measurement of Ph,

humidity and

viscosity

30 45

UNIT IV

UNIT V

Process control New developments in

process control

30

45


Sub: Process Instrumentation and Control Max marks: 100

Code:

Time: 3 hrs


notes. Marks

1. a)Fill in the blanks 5

i.……… is used to find the temperature of liquids

ii. Thermistors consist of …………. Resistors

iii. Bi-metallic thermometers contain ……. Dissimilar metals

iv. ……….. is used for measurement of vacuum

v. Bourdon tube gauge is used for ………..

b) Write short note on-off controller 5

PART - A


2. a) Explain working of bi-metallic thermometer with a neat diagram 10

b) Describe the construction of mercury in glass thermometer 5

3. a) Explain vacuum measurement by pirani gauge with a diagram 10

b) Discuss principle of radiation pyrometer 5

4. a) Describe different types of bourdon tubes with a sketch 10

b) Explain diaphragm type vacuum gauge 5

PART – B


5. a) Explain working of venturi-meter with a neat sketch 10

b) Explain visual type level indicator 5

6. a) Explain flow measurement using orifice meter 10

b) Describe float level indicator 5

7. a) Explain redwood viscometer and write a neat diagram of it 10

b) Describe the significance of Ph measurement 5

PART – C


8. a) Explain the principles and purpose of feedback control 10

b) Explain proportional controller 5

9. a) Describe significance of block diagrams 10

b) Explain any one type of process control applications 5

10. a) Describe the conversion of analog signal to digital signal in computers 10

b) Explain integral type of controller 5



Sixth Semester


SECTION-I

Sub: POLYMER TESTING LAB - II Code:





LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:-

I. Testing of polymers (Rubber & Plastics) for the following properties:

1. Flammability test

2. Dielectric strength test

3. Dielectric constant test

4. Arc resistance

5. Volume resistivity & surface resistivity

6. Mooney Viscosity & scorch

7. Melting point

II. Testing of Latex:

1. Determination of Coagulum content


POLYMER TESTING LAB -II

Hours

/ week

Hours /


6 6X16=96 Internal

Board

Exam Total

25 100 125

2. Determination of Total alkalinity

3. Determination of KOH number

III. Testing of raw rubber:

1. Determination of Volatile matter content

2. Acetone extract Test.

IV. Identification of Rubber and Plastics by simple chemical methods.

V. Studies on Rheometer




1. Electronic Weighing Balance 2

2. Pycnometer. 5

3. Muffle Furnace 1

4. Melting point Apparatus 5

5. Polymer Identification Bench consists of test tubes, beakers etc., 1

6. ESCR Apparatus 1

7. Acetone extract apparatus 1

8. Vernier Caliper 2

9. Dielectric strength tester 1

10. Arc resistance tester 1

11. Mooney viscometer 1

12. Oven 1

13. Silica crucible 10

14. Burette, pipette 20

SECTION-II

Objectives:

• This practical subject will impart the students the requisite practical knowledge in

rubber & plastics processing.

• The students will acquire the practical skills to conduct various tests on polymer

samples like:

1. Dielectric strength test and arc resistance test

2. Mooney viscosity and scorch tests.

3. Flammability and arc resistance test.

4. Volume resistivety and surface resistivity tests

5. Determination of Coagulum content, total alkalinity and KOH number.

6. Determination of volatile matter and acetone extract test.

7. Rheometer studies.

8. Identification of plastic and rubber by simple chemical methods.

9. Melting point of polymers

Reference:

1. Plastics Testing Lab Manual by Vishu shah

2. Identification and testing of plastics by CIPET

3. Testing of Plastics by ASTM


SECTION-III


SUB: POLYMER TESTING LAB - II CODE:

SL NO

TOPICS

MARKS

1.

Procedure Writing

15

2.


25

3


35

4

Viva-voce

20

5.

Records

05

TOTAL

100



FIFTH & SIXTH SEMESTER


(Final end examination will be in Sixth Semester)

Sub: PROJECT REPORT AND INDUSTRIAL VISIT Code:

Contact Hrs/Week: 3 (in fifth sem)

Hrs/Week: 3 (in sixth sem)

. Contact Hrs: 48 Hrs + 48 Hrs

Students should prepare a project report related to polymer topics/ industries as per the

assignment given by the Guide with a view to:

1. The selection of Project topics for preparing Project Report should be carried out in

their fifth semester.

2. Develop an understanding of subject based knowledge given in the classroom in the

context of its application at work places.

3. To develop confidence amongst the students to enable them to use and apply acquired

technical knowledge and skills.

4. Develop special skills and abilities like interpersonal skills, communication skills,

attitudes and values.

5. Practical exposure to an industrial activity.

6. Periodical assessment of the project report should be carried out by the project guide

7. The students should maintain Log book of the work carried out by them.

8. The internal assessment marks should be given based on the work carried out by the

students as per the log book.

For the fulfillment of above competencies, polytechnics may establish close linkage with

8-10 relevant Industries & Organizations to acquire technical knowledge and skill. It is

necessary that each industries/ organization is visited well in advance by respective teachers

and activities to be performed by students are well defined. The chosen activities should be

such which are of curricular interest to students and of professional value to industrial/field

organizations.

Each Project batch must have Minimum of 5 students.

Project topic selected should not be too complex which is beyond the comprehension

level of the students. The placement of the students for such project should match with the

competency profile and interest of students.

The suggested performance criteria are given below:

a) Punctuality and regularity (Log book - mandatory and to be produced during IA

verification)

b) Initiative in learning/Demonstration

c) Originality

e) Scope for patentability

f) Sense of responsibility

g) Self expression/Communication skills

h) Interpersonal skills.

g) Report writing skills

h) Viva voce

Some of suggested project topics are given below: These are only guidelines, teacher may

take any project topic related to Polymer Technology and allied area.

1.Industrial Visit

Students are required to undergo an industrial visit for period of at least 3(Three) working

days, either in V/VI semester. After completion of their visit the reports should be prepared.

Each Student should write the report independently in view of his/her own observation in

industry. All days for the visit should be accounted for clearly giving attendance particulars.

The concern accompanying staff is to check student presence and access progress

periodically.

1.1 Report on Industrial visit

Students are required to submit a comprehensive report on factory visit with details of the

organization. The comprehensive report should focus on study of plant/ product /process/

along with intensive in-depth study on anyone of the topics such as processes, methods,

tooling, plant layout and equipment, highlighting aspects of quality, productivity of the

system. Any data, drawings etc should be incorporated with the consent of the Organization.

The comprehensive report should be submitted for the end exam for evaluation.

2) Topics suggested for Project Report

1. Moulded goods

2. Wire/cable

3. RPVC pipe

4. HDPE pipe/tube

5. Natural /synthetic foam

6. Blow moulded plastic articles

7. Injection moulded articles

8. Roto moulded Water tanks

9. Rubber hose

10. Cellular rubber products

11. PVC shoes

12. Colour master batches

13.Carry bags

14. PE, PP films/sheets.

15. Woven sacks

16. Tread rubber

17. Tyre retreading (hot& cold)

18. Pre-cured tread rubber

19. Rubber sheets

20. Centrifuged latex

21. Latex dipped articles( condom/gloves/nipples/balloon/rubber bands)

22. Laminates

23. Plastic recycling

24. Shopping bags

25. Photofilms

26. Multi layer extruded film

27. Multilayer blow moulding

28. Fibre glass composites

29. Cycle tube/ passenger tyre tubes

30. Mud flaps

The Project Report should consist of following items:

1. Introduction

2. Review of literature

3. Market survey

4. Production requirement

5. Process

6. Capital requirement

7. Finance plan

8. Profit/Loss analysis

9. Result and discussion

10. Conclusion and scope for future study

11. References.

GUIDELINES FOR THE PREPARATION OF PROJECT REPORTS

1. Project reports should be typed neatly in Times New Roman letters with font size 14 for titles

and 12 for text on both sides of the paper with 1.5 line spacing on a A4 size paper (210 x 297

mm). The margins should be: Left - 1.5", Right - 1", Top and Bottom - 0.75".

2. The total number of reports (Soft bound) to be prepared are

➢ One copy to the department /library

➢ One copy to the concerned guide(s)

➢ One copy to the candidate.

3. Before taking the final printout, the approval of the concerned guide(s) is mandatory and

suggested corrections, if any, must be incorporated.

4. Every copy of the report must contain

➢ Inner title page (White)

➢ Outer title page with a plastic cover

➢ Candidate declaration and Certificate in the format enclosed both from the institution

and the organization where the project is carried out.

➢ An abstract (synopsis) not exceeding 100 words, indicating salient features of the

work.

5. The organization of the report should be as follows

1. Inner title page

2. Abstract or Synopsis

3. Acknowledgments

4. Table of Contents

5. List of table & figures (optional)

Usually numbered in

roman

Chapters (to be numbered in Arabic) containing Introduction-, which usually specifies

the scope of work and its importance and relation to previous work and the present

developments, Main body of the report divided appropriately into chapters, sections and

subsections.

The chapters, sections and subsections may be numbered in the decimal form for e.g.

Chapter 2, sections as 2.1, 2.2 etc., and subsections as 2.2.3, 2.5.1 etc.

The chapter must be left or right justified (font size 16). Followed by the title of

chapter centered (font size 18), section/subsection numbers along with their headings

must be left justified with section number and its heading in font size 16 and subsection

and its heading in font size 14. The body or the text of the report should have font size 12.

The figures and tables must be numbered chapter wise

The last chapter should contain the summary of the work carried, contributions if any,

their utility along with the scope for further work.

Reference or Bibliography: The references should be numbered serially in the

order of their occurrence in the text and their numbers should be indicated within square

brackets for e.g. [3]. The section on references should list them in serial order in the

following format.

1. For textbooks –i).J.A Brydson, Plastics materials technology, Butterworth –

Heinemann Publisher.

ii) C.M. Blow, Rubber technology & manufacture, Butterworth –

Heinemann Publisher.

2. For magazine/journels – Rubber news, Plastics news

Separator sheets, used if any, between chapters, should be of thin paper

PROJECT REPORT EVALUATION: Marks

1. Relevance of the subject in the present context 10

2. Literature Review 10

3. Data collection & report writing 40

4. Results & Discussion 10

5. Industrial visit report 10

6. Presentation 20

-----------

TOTAL 100

SESIONAL MARKS EVALUATION:

1. First review (During the end of V th semester) 25

2. Second review (During the end of VI th semester) 25

TOTAL 50

I A Marks:


1 Log record 05

2 Synopsis & Report 10

3 Presentation 10

Total 25

NOTE: 1. Sessional marks to be awarded at the end of EACH SEMESTER.

2. The candidate declaration and certificate sample copy are enclosed here for

incorporation in final project report.

CANDIDATE’S DECLARATION

I, ------------------------------------------ a student of Diploma in ------------------------------

Department bearing Reg No---------------------------------------of ------------------------------------

---------- hereby declare that I own full responsibility for the information, results and

conclusions provided in this project report titled “-----------------------------------------------------

------------------------------ “submitted to State Board of Technical Examinations,

Government of Karnataka for the award of Diploma in -----------------------------------.

To the best of my knowledge, this project report has not been submitted in part or full

elsewhere in any other institution/organization for the award of any

certificate/diploma/degree. I have completely taken care in acknowledging the contribution of

others in this academic work. I further declare that in case of any violation of intellectual

property rights and particulars declared, found at any stage, I, as the candidate will be solely

responsible for the same.

Date:

Signature of candidate

Place: Name: --------------------

Reg No-------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION

NAME OF THE INSTITUTION

Address with pin code

Department of ……………………………………………………..

CERTIFICATE

Certified that this project report entitled -------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------”which is being

submitted by Mr./Ms. ………………………….……………….., Reg. No…..……………, a

bonafide student of …………………………………….in partial fulfillment for the award of

Diploma in -----------------Engineering during the year ……………………... is record of

students own work carried out under my/our guidance. It is certified that all

corrections/suggestions indicated for internal Assessment have been incorporated in the

Report and one copy of it being deposited in the polytechnic library.

The project report has been approved as it satisfies the academic requirements in respect of

Project work prescribed for the said diploma.

It is further understood that by this certificate the undersigned do not endorse or approve any

statement made, opinion expressed or conclusion drawn there in but approve the project

report only for the purpose for which it is submitted.

Guide(s)

Name and signature

Examiners

1

2

Head of Department

Dept. of --------------------

ROADMAP FOR PROJECT GUIDES

1. The project work is proposed to be carried out during the V and VI semesters so that

learners prepare during the V semester, do some field work based on the preparation

during the mid semester vacation and report the analysis and inferences during the VI

semester.

2. The learners would reach a level of maturity by the time they reach V semester and so

a meaningful project lasting for a year can be executed by them.

3. To execute the project with involvement needs constant guidance and monitoring of

the progress of the learners by the guide.

4. This does not mean teacher has to advice learners.

5. Be confident about the ability of the learner and “intellectually provoke” them with

challenging questions. These questions should prompt the learners to search

information and update themselves (to be carried out during the first two weeks).

6. Do not feed information to learners. Instead crate a ‘cognitive dissonance’ (a

challenging question or situation that the learner is not able to find an immediate

answer but feels the need to search for information to find a solution).

7. Defer judgement on learners and give them identified sources if required like a

journal article, book or a web site.

8. Even if the learners report their inability to solve do NOT give or prescribe a solution.

9. Be patient and give time for the learner to construct his knowledge.

10. Give corrective feedback to the learner by challenging his solutions so that his logic is

questioned and it develops further.

11. This leads to the first activity viz., literature survey and conceiving a project.

12. During this phase meet the project team in a group and create a healthy competition

among the learners to search different sources and synthesise their findings in the

group.

13. Aim for bringing out a workable innovative project conceived within the first eight

weeks as given in the schedule attached.

14. During these two phases and the third phase the teacher should assess the strengths

and weakness of the members of the group and allocate differential work to team

members on the remaining tasks to be carried out during the next thirty weeks.

15. This is to ensure active participation of all the members of the team.

16. By the end of the twelfth week finalise the project and a schedule of further activities

for each member indicating the time frame in which his activities are to be executed

may be made ready. A soft copy of this schedule may be collected from each learner

by the guide to follow up.

17. This schedule prepared by each learner need to be documented for checking further

progress of the project.

18. The next few phases of the project may require active guidance of the guide especially

regarding the sources of collecting data, if a sample data is to be collected the number

of units has to be decided, collating the data/fabricating, tryout/analysis and finally

coming out with meaningful conclusions or models or application.

19. Data like models, designs, technical specifications, source code, protocols and

original records need be collected from one authentic source as there will not be any

variation. The teacher may guide the learners to authentic source.

20. Data having limited variability like product/service quality, processes and standards,

procedures need to be collected from a sample as there is a variation. The number of

units from whom (source) the data is to be collected is called sample. The sample

needs to be representative of the expected variation. The decision on the size of the

sample and the number of units need guidance from the teacher. For example, data

regarding the quality of a product/service need be collected from 3 to 5 personnel at

different levels of a service provider or dealers of a product. The numbers given are

suggestive but a guide based on his experience has to make valid suggestions.

21. Data having a wide range of variation like customer satisfaction where the customers

are members of the public need a larger number of units to accommodate the

diversity. A tool like questionnaire with predetermined questions need to be prepared,

tried out on a small sample and finalise the questions. Data may be collected from at

least 30 units. This number is suggested to apply statistical analysis for meaningful

conclusions. Guides may decide on the sample size depending on the accessibility of

data.

22. The intention of the above three points viz., 19, 20 and 21 is to ensure objectivity in

data collection i.e., to reduce the subjectivity of the human mind.

23. All the above activities need to be completed before three to four weeks before the

end of V semester (refer the spread sheet related to scheduling).

24. The learners may be instructed to collect data objectively with identified sample

during the next 4 to six weeks which includes the mid semester holidays. This would

enable the learners to visit the field and collect data without the constraint of reporting

to institution and attending classes on a regular basis.

25. The collected data need to be organised and entered to spread sheets or similar

formats for analysis. Qualitative data may be converted to quantitative using a rating

scale or similar data organisation procedures.

26. The result of most analysis on spreadsheet could be obtained in tables or graphs as per

the requirement.

27. Activities mentioned in points 24, 25 and 26 may be carried out by learners during 4

to 8 weeks after commencement of VI semester.

28. Interpretation of the analysed tables and graphs to arrive at meaningful inference. The

guide at this stage may defer his ideas on interpretation allowing the learners to do

this. In case the learners err in the process they may be given corrective feedback.

29. A report of the whole process of doing the project may be written, word processed

and submitted in triplicate.

30. Guides may contact industries and try to solve their problems so that the learners get a

field experience and they get ready for the industry.

31. Innovations and innovative practices may be encouraged among the learners to be

pursued as a project. Developing prototypes, (in simulation or real) trying out

feasibility of new ideas, changing existing systems by adding modules, combining,

assembling new modules and developing new systems may be given higher priority

over routine bookish projects.

32. The schedule of events proposed is for an investigative project as a model. Guides

may alter the prescribed schedule to suit the kind of innovative projects sited in point

No.31 above.

33. Industry personnel may be involved in conceiving, executing and evaluating projects.

This gives credibility to the institute and acceptance of learners for absorption into the

company.

GUIDELINES TO LEARNERS TO CARRY OUT A TWO SEMESTER

PROJECT

1. Carry out the project work through the V and VI semesters. Preparation must be done

during the V semester and based on this, field work should be done during the mid

semester vacation and reporting of analysis and inferences should be done in the VI

semester.

2. You have the ability and the level of maturity needed to conceive an innovative and

meaningful project accomplishing which gives you recognition by the industry and

empowers you with the power of knowledge.

3. Understand your strength and weakness and make an effort to find the strength and

weakness of other peers in the team.

4. Complement each other’s strength rather than compete with peers within the team.

This will enable you to complete a comprehensive and innovative project relevant to

the industrial needs rather than doing a routine copy of what others have done.

5. Seek guidance from the teacher and update him/her about the progress.

6. Be confident about your ability and that of other members of your group. Take extra

efforts to collect information, share with your peers and synthesise your knowledge.

7. Question everything including the ideas of your teacher. Accept the ideas and

instructions which are internally consistent (logical).

8. Involve actively in group activities and contribute towards the tasks.

9. Do not depend too much on the teacher as a source of information, search on your

own and build your knowledge structure. Search for authentic sources like journal

articles, books and authentic sites rather than blogs and tweets.

10. Though brief, record your thoughts and activities including searches immediately.

11. Prepare a schedule for your work on a spread sheet and encourage your peers to do

the same.

12. Show your schedule and that of others to the teacher and get his feedback.

13. Keep reviewing the schedule every fortnight and take corrective steps if needed. For

doing this keep the general guideline schedule given in the curriculum as a backdrop.

14. Tools used for data collection like instruments, testing machines, questions to be

asked and software may be tried out and standardised by the twelfth week of the

project. Seek the teacher’s help who is experienced in doing this.

15. Collect data dispassionately or objectively (without applying your personal prejudice).

Complete this task before the VI semester begins.

16. While entering data into the spread sheet ask your peer member to verify. This will

ensure accuracy of data entry.

17. Use appropriate mathematics/statistics for calculations. Seek help from external

sources (other than your teacher) if required.

18. The results of your analysis need to be graphically represented and documented. You

may also add photographs and video clips to increase the validity.

19. This task needs to be completed within 8 weeks after commencement of VI semester.

20. Interpret the data (after analysis) and arrive at meaningful inferences on your own in

discussion with your peers. Get it ratified by your teacher. Suggestions from the

teacher may be discussed among your peers and incorporated if they are internally

consistent.

21. The project report may be word processed (videos, photographs attached in soft copy)

and submitted in triplicate two weeks before the end of VI semester.

22. Involve passionately in the team work, make constructive contributions and come out

with an industry friendly project which will equip you in your professional

development.

GOVT. OF KARNATAKA

DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION

Subject Title : Basic Management Skills &

Indian constitution

Q P Code :

Hours Per Week : 04


BASIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION

TOPIC ANALYSIS

SL.No Major Topics Hours

Allotted

Weightage of

Marks

SECTION-I

1 Management Skills 09 15

2 Operations Management 12 35

SECTION-II

3 Total Preventive Maintenance 04 10

4 Total Quality Management 06 20 5 Safety and Environmental issues 06 20

SECTTION-III

6 Indian Constitution 08 20 7 Parliamentary System and procedures 05 10 8 Empowerment of Women 08 15 9 Environmental Awareness and Industry

Innovations

03 -

Tests 03 -

Total 64 145

CONTENTS

1. MANAGEMENT SKILLS

1.1 INTERPERSONAL SKILLS.

1.11 Know Thyself/ self –Discovery.

1.12 Know others and understand the perspective of others.

1.13 Intergroup communications.

1.14 Art Of Communications

1.2 TEAM BUILDING and TEAMWORK SKILLS.

1.21 Aspects of team building.

1.22 Team v/s Group.

1.23 Inter group collaboration.

2. OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

2.1 Production & Productivity

2.1.1 Stages involved in Product Design

2.1.2 Factors considered while designing a Product

2.1.3 Types of Production

2.1.4 Factors to improve Productivity

2.2 Production, Planning & Control

2.3 Make or Buy Decision

2.3.1 Criteria considered for make or buy decision

2.3.2 Analysis for make or buy decision

2.4 Purchasing

2.4.1 Methods of Purchasing Material or Component

2.4.2 Steps involved in purchasing of material or component

2.5 Stores Management

2.5.1 Methods of Storing

2.5.2 Tools required for Stores Management

2.5.3 Codification System

2.6 Logistics Management

2.6.1 Different means of Transportation

2.6.2 Routing & Delays, Tracing, Packaging & Material Handling,

Damage Claims, Demurrage Charges and Insurance Buying

2.7 Inventory & Inventory Control

2.7.1 Functions of Inventory Control

2.7.2 Inventory Control Techniques

2.7.3 Inventory Management Software

2.8 Introduction to MRP and ERP

3.TOTAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

3.1 Maintenance and concept of TPM

3.2 Economics involved in preventive maintenance

3.3 Techniques of TPM

3.4 Benefits of TPM

3.5 Planned Maintenance and Predictive Maintenance

4. TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT

4.1 Quality and Inspection

4.1.1 Factors affecting Quality

4.1.2 Relation between Quality & Cost

4.1.3 Quality Control

4.2 Concept of TQM

4.2.1 Tools and Techniques of TQM

4.3 Quality Management System

4.3.1 I.S.O 9000:2000 Quality Standards

4.3.2 Procedures and Documentation of ISO 9000 certification

5. SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

5.1 Accident and Safety

5.2 Accident Prevention, Accident Reporting and Crisis Management

5.3 Safety provisions under Indian Factories Act

5.4 Safety Management System-OSHAS 18001

5.5 Environmental issues addressed by organization

6. INDIAN CONSTITUTION

6.1 Indian Constitution-Formation of Constituent Assembly-Framing of the

Constitution-Drafting Committee-Contributions of Dr. B R Ambedkar,

Chairman of Drafting Committee and the members in drafting a

constitution for India.

6.2 Preamble-objectives-Directive principles

6.3 Features of Constitution

6.4 Fundamental Rights

6.5 Fundamental duties

6.6 Amendments for Indian Constitution

6.7 Human Rights

7. PARLIAMENTARY SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES.

7.1 Government-Meaning-organs-functions.

7.2 Parliament-meaning-Two houses-Lok Sabha-Composition-election-

Presiding officer-term-RajyaSabha- Composition-election-Presiding

officer-term

7.3 Powers of parliament

7.4 Executive Role - President-Vice President-Prime Minister-Council of

Ministers

7.5 Indian Judiciary system-Supreme Court-High Court-subordinate courts

7.6 Constitutional bodies-Election Commission-Public Service Commission-

Finance Commission

7.7 Structure of State government- State Legislature-Governor-Chief

Minister-Council of Ministers

7.8 Local self government-meaning-Three tier system-Village panchayath-

taluk panchayath-Zilla panchayath

7.9 Local bodies-Municipalities and Corporations

8.0 EMPOWERMENT OF WOMEN.

8.1 Concept, Definition and need for Women's Empowerment

8.2 Strategies, approaches, process, levels, principles and indicators for

women’s empowerment.

8.3 Gender statistics in India – Glaring inequalities

8.4 Women and Development:

8.4.1 Goals and Objectives of National Policy for Women's

Empowerment

8.4.2 Advancement of Women through Five-Year Plans

8.4.3 Special Programs for Women's Development.

8.5 Constitutional Provisions towards Women's Rights and Special

Legislations for Women.

8.6 Case Studies.

SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES

1. MANAGEMENT SKILLS

1.1 INTERPERSONAL SKILLS.

1.11.1 Importance of knowing yourself-Process of knowing yourself.

1.11.2 SWOT analysis-Benefits of SWOT analysis

1.11.3 SWOT analysis grid and questions to complete the grid.

1.12.1 Importance of knowing others-Process of knowing others.

1.13.1 Resolving Win/Lose Situations into win/win through inter group

communications.

1.14.1 Defining communication- Special features of communication.

1.14.2 Communication process- Channels of communication.

1.14.3 Formal and informal communication network.

1.14.4 Barriers to communication- Tips of effective communication.

1.14.5 Tips of powerful presentation- Art of public speaking- Importance of

public speaking- Benefits of public speaking- Public speaking tips.

1.2 TEAM WORK AND TEAMWORK

1.21.1 Meaning and aspects of team building- Skills needed for teamwork-

A model of team building.

1.22.1 Team v/s Group- Characteristics of a effective team- Role of a team

leader- Role of a team members- A successful team of nine persons.

1.23.1 Inter group collaboration- Advantages of inter group collaboration.

1.23.2 Difficulties faced in inter-group collaboration.

1.23.3 Factors shaping inter group collaboration.

2. OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

2.1 Define Production & Productivity

2.1.1 Explain various stages involved in product design

2.1.2 List factors considered while designing a product

2.1.3 Explain Job, Batch & Mass production with their advantages and

disadvantages

2.1.4 List factors to improve/increase productivity

2.2 State the functions of PPC- planning, routing, scheduling, dispatching and

inspection

2.3 State the importance of make or buy decision

2.3.1 List the criteria considered for make or buy decision

2.3.2 Briefly explain methods of analysis for make or buy decision-

Simple cost analysis, Break even analysis & Economic analysis

2.4 Define purchasing

2.4.1 Explain briefly different methods of purchasing the material or

component.

2.4.2 Explain the steps involved in purchasing of Material or Component

2.5 Explain Stores Management

2.5.1 Explain different methods of storing

2.5.2 Explain briefly Bin Card, Material Issue Requisition, Material

Returned Note and Store Ledger

2.5.3 Explain advantages and systems of Codification

2.6 Explain Logistics Management

2.6.1 Explain different means of transportation

2.6.2 Explain Routing & Delays, Tracing, Packaging & Material

Handling, Damage Claims, Demurrage Charges and Insurance

Buying

2.7 Define Inventory and Inventory Control

2.7.1 List important functions of Inventory Control

2.7.2 Explain briefly Inventory Control Techniques – ABC, VED, SDE,

MNG Analysis

2.7.3 List few Inventory Management Softwares

2.8 Describe about MRP & ERP. List the software’s used

3. TOTAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

3.1 Explain Maintenance and explain the concept of TPM

3.2 Explain the economics involved in preventive maintenance

3.3 Describe the techniques of TPM

3.4 List the benefits of TPM

3.5 Explain planned maintenance and predictive maintenance

4. TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT

4.1 Define Quality, Inspection & explain its importance

4.1.1 List factors affecting quality

4.1.2 Explain the relation between cost & quality

4.1.3 Define and Explain quality control

4.2 Explain concept of TQM

4.2.1 Explain briefly tools & techniques of TQM – Flow charts, Control

charts, Histograms, Pareto charts, Check sheets, Scatter diagram,

Cause and effect diagram, 5-S, Poka-yoke, Kaizen, Re-engineering

and Six-sigma

4.3 Define QMS

4.3.1 Explain briefly I.S.O 9000:2000 Quality Standards – ISO 9000, ISO

9001 & ISO 9004

4.3.2 Explain procedures and documentation involved in ISO 9000 series

certification

5. SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

5.1 Define accident and safety

5.2 Explain accident prevention, accident reporting and crisis management

5.3 List the safety provisions under Indian Factories Act

5.4 Explain Safety Management System-OSHAS 18001

5.5 Give a brief summary of ISO 14000 series and IS16949 & IS16959

certifications

6. INDIAN COSTITUTION

6.1 Introduction to Indian Constitution

6.2 Discuss the Formation of Constituent Assembly

6.3 Discuss the Contributions of Dr. B R Ambedkar as a Chairman of Drafting

Committee and the members in drafting a constitution for India.

6.4 Discuss Preamble and its main objectives

6.5 State the Directive principles

6.6 Discuss the Features of Constitution

6.7 Mention the number of parts, articles, schedules and discuss the article -1

6.8 Discuss Fundamental Rights

6.9 Discuss Fundamental duties

6.10 Explain the Amendment and its procedure

6.11 Discuss Human Rights and its significance

7. PARLIAMENTARY SYSTEM

7.1 Discuss the Parliamentary system of Government.

7.2 Discuss the about:

7.2.1 Loka Sabha: Composition, election, Presiding officer and term

7.2.2 RajyaSabha: Composition, election, Presiding officer and term

7.3 Powers of parliament

7.3.1How law is made, three readings

7.3.2Diffrence between Bill and act

7.3.3Administrative control- Explain importance of questioning- concept

of Question hour- concept of zero hour

7.3.4 Briefly explain about Confidence motion and Censure motion

7.4 Explain the meaning of the budget

7.5 President-Vice President-Prime Minister-Council of Ministers their

appointments and functions

7.6 Discuss the formation and functions of supreme court-High court-

Subordinate court.

7.7 Discuss the importance of Constitutional bodies-Election Commission-

Public Service Commission-Finance Commission

7.8 Discuss the about state legislature:

7.8.1 Legislative assembly: Composition, election, Presiding officer and

term

7.8.2 Legislative council: Composition, election, Presiding officer and

term

7.9 Governor-Chief Minister-Council of Ministers their appointments and

functions

7.10 Local self government-meaning-Three tier system

7.11 Discuss the formation and functions of Village panchayath-taluk

panchayath-Zilla panchayath and urban local bodies such as

Municipalities and Corporations

8. Empowerment of Women

8.1 Explain the Concept and Definition of Women's Empowerment.

8.2 Discuss the different strategies, approaches, process, levels, principles and

indicators for women's empowerment.

8.3 Discuss the Gender statistics in India – Glaring inequalities.

8.4 Explain Women and Development

8.4.1 List the Goals and Objectives of National Policy-2001 for

Women's Empowerment.

8.4.2 Discuss the emphasis given on the Advancement of Women

through Five-Year Plans.

8.4.3 List the Various Special Programs for Women's

Development from government.

8.5 State Constitutional Provisions towards Women's Rights -Fundamental

Rights Article 14, 15, 15(3), 16-Directive of State Policy Article 39,42-

Fundamental Duties 51(A)(e) and Reservation of seats Article 243(D)(3),

Article 243(T)(3) - explain the following Special Legislation for Women-

Dowry Prohibition Act 1961, Domestic Violence Act 2005,Sexual

Harassment at Workplace Bill 2006, Equal Remuneration Act 1976,Hindu

succession Act,1956, Prenatal diagnostic techniques (regulation and

prevention of misuse) act,1994.

8.6 Case Studies.

Reference Books:

1. Soft Skills- by Dr. K. Alex, S Chand & Company Ltd.

1 Total Quality Management- Prof. Dr. H D Ramachandra

2 Industrial Organization and Engineering Economics- T.R.Banga

& S C Sharma

2 Total Quality Management- S Raja Ram, M Shivashankar.

3 Industrial management and organizational behavior- K.K.Ahuja

4 Industrial management and engineering economics- O.P.khanna

5 Production and operations management-Dr .K.Aswathappa and

Dr.Sreedhar Bhatt- Himalaya publishers

6 Introduction to the Constitution of India- Dr. Durga Das Basu

7 The constitution of India - P.M.Bhakshi- Universal law

publishers

8 Our constitution-National Book Trust of India

9 Our Parliament-National Book Trust of India

10 Our Judiciary-National Book Trust of India

11 Empowerment of rural women in India-Hemalatha H.M and

Rameshwari Varma,Hema Prakashana.

12 The right to development-centre for development and human

rights-Sage Publications.

13 Industrial Engg. &Mgmt Science By- T R Banga & SC Sharma.


FIFTH SEMESTER

BASIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION

Time: 3Hrs Max marks: 100

Part-I is compulsory and Answer any two full questions from Part-II, Part-III, and

Part-IV

PART- I

1. A) Fill in the blanks with appropriate words:- 5X1=5

I) The Constitution of India came into effect on ______________.

ii) The term of the chairperson of Rajyasabha is_________ years

iii) ______________ is an unforeseen event

iv) The ISO ______________ is related with Environmental management systems

v) Increased ________ leads to the benefits for both employer and employee

B) State the qualities of a good leader 5

PART-II

2 a) Explain SWOT analysis-Mention benefits of SWOT analysis 5

b) Explain special features of communication. 5

c) Explain Formal and informal communication network. 5

3 a) Explain the motivating factors 5

b) State the qualities of a good leader 5

c) Explain the process of team building 5

4 a) State the characteristics of entrepreneur 5

b) Lists the steps involved for setting up small scale/Medium scale industries

c) Define outsourcing and mention its features 5

PART-III

5 a) State the functions of Production planning and Production control 5

b) Define inventory and inventory control 5

c) State the importance of material management 5

6 a) Explain the total productive maintenance . 5

b) List the various types of preventive measures to avoid an accident 5

c) List the factors affecting quality 5

7 a) Explain the concept of Total quality management 5

b) List the various types SQC tools 5

c) State the importance of material management 5

PART-IV

8 a) What is a constitution? 5

b) Why Dr. B R Ambedkar is known as architect of Indian Constitution? 5

c) What is sovereignty? 5

9 a) Why is there a need to Economic, social and political justice in India? 5

b) Explain three tier panchayath system 5

c) Mention the salient features of Indian constitution. 5

10 a) what are the approaches to empowerment of women? 5

b) List the goals and objectives of national policy for women's empowerment.5

c) Write a note on dowry prohibition act. 5

Question Bank on Indian Constitution

1. What is a government?

2. What is a constitution?

3. Why constitution is called the rule of the State?

4. Write the importance of the constitution.

5. To draft a constitution to India was the most challenging task. Why?

6. What are the contributions of Dr. B R Ambedkar in drafting a constitution for

India?

7. What is the importance of republic day?

8. What is the importance of preamble?

9. Why is preamble said to be the soul of the constitution?

10. What is sovereignty?

11. What is the objective of Socialism?

12. The principle of Secularism is suitable to India. How?

13. Why is India called republic?

14. Why is there a need to Economic, social and political justice in India?

15. Mention the aspects which strengthen the bond of fraternity in India?

16. In the present context unity and integrity are most essential in India. Why?

17. Though Directive principles are not enforceable by law they are important in the

constitution. How?

18. Mention the salient features of Indian constitution.

19. How is written constitution, advantageous than unwritten constitution?

20. Indian constitution is one of the lengthiest constitution. Mention the factors to

substantiate the statement.

21. State the notable features borrowed from the following constitutions: a) U. S. A.

b) England c) Ireland d) Canada.

22. Why is Indian constitution termed as flexible constitution?

23. What is universal Adult Franchise?

24. Write the advantages of single citizenship.

25. Why is Indian judiciary said to be an independent judiciary?

25. What is the importance of Fundamental rights?

27. How can it be said that Fundamental rights are not absolute?

28. Mention the Fundamental rights.

29. Give reasons as to why certain sections of the society are provided concessions

and privileges in spite of right to equality.

30. How does cultural and educational right protect the interests of the minorities?

31. Mention the right introduced in 2010 under right to equality what is the

importance of it?

32. Name the right that bans child labour and provides protection to women against

exploitation.

33. The right to Constitutional remedies is said to be the heart and soul of our

constitution. Why is it said so?

34. Rights and Duties are like the two sides of the same coin - Substantiate the

statement.

35. Mention a few fundamental duties that you have to follow as a citizen of this

country.

36. When and in which the fundamental duties part of the constitution was

incorporated?

37. Name the body that has powers to amend the provisions of the constitution in

India.

38. What is the procedure followed in parliament to amend the provisions of

Fundamental rights and Directive principles?

39. Write the procedures to be followed to amend the constitutional provisions.

TASKS RESOURCE NEEDED

I FORTNIGH

T

II FORTNIGH

T

III FORTNIGH

T

IV FORTNIGH

T

V FORTNIGH

T

VI FORTNIGH

T

VII FORTNIGH

T

VIII FORTNIGH

TVACATION

IX FORTNIGH

T

X FORTNIGH

T

XI FORTNIGH

T

XII FORTNIGH

T

XIII FORTNIGH

T

XIV FORTNIGH

T

XV FORTNIGH

T

XVI FORTNIGH

T

Literature survey for project

Internet / library / industry / Research Centres

Finalisation of the Area in which the project has to be done ( Example : Design / Manufacturing / Thermal Engineering )

Internet / library / industry

Finding out Facility to do the project

Laboratory / Industry/ Project Sites

Collecting Data / Doing experiments / writing of code


Analysis of Data Using relevent software

Results and Fine tuning the experiment using the Data Analysis


Report writing

Submission of Project Report and Viva voce

PROJECT WORK - SCHEDULING

Documents

Department of Technical Education Diploma Courses in Mech